Lounge Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Lounge Business Plan Template
If you want to start a lounge business or expand your current lounge business, you need a business plan.
The following Lounge business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Lounge business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Lounge business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Event Venue Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Event Venue Business Plan
If you want to start a successful event venue business or expand your existing business, you need a business plan.
The following event venue business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning an event space business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample event space business plan.
- Executive Summary – One of the most important sections, the Executive Summary should provide a high-level overview of the event venue business. If you are seeking funding such as a business loan, this section will also include a brief description of the financial status of your business and any use of funds.
- Company Overview – The Company Overview will provide more details about the mission, vision, physical location, and overall legal structure of your event venue business. This section should include your company’s history, ownership structure, and key personnel.
- Industry Analysis – In this section, you will provide an overview of the event industry and how your business fits into the local market. This includes a review of the event venues you consider competitors, their pricing strategies, and customer demographics.
- Customer Analysis – In this section, you will analyze your current and prospective customer base. You’ll also include a description of the type of events that you host at your venue such as corporate events, birthday parties, wedding receptions, etc.
- Competitive Analysis – The Competitive Analysis will identify your competitors and discuss how you plan to position your event venue business within the marketplace. You’ll also analyze your competitor’s strengths and weaknesses to identify your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – In your marketing plan, you will outline your marketing strategies and initiatives. This includes how you plan to promote your event venue business (print advertising, social media, etc.), target customers, attend networking events, and build relationships with prospective clients.
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan will provide a detailed overview of the day-to-day operations of your event venue business. This includes staffing, scheduling, event planning, and managing local vendors.
- Management Team – In this section, you will discuss the background and qualifications of your management team. This includes an overview of each member’s relevant experience as it relates to managing event spaces.
- Financial Plan – Finally, the Financial Plan will provide a review of the key reports, operating expenses, and financial projections for your venue business. This includes a profit and loss statement, a cash flow analysis, and a balance sheet.
Click below to see each section of our free event venue business plan template. You can also click here to get our sample event venue business plan pdf.
Hot Dog Cart Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Hot Dog Cart Business Plan Template
If you want to start a hot dog cart business or expand your current hot dog cart business, you need a business plan.
The following Hot Dog Cart business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Hot Dog Cart business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Hot Dog Cart business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Coffee Roaster Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Coffee Roaster Business Plan Template
If you want to start a coffee roaster business or expand your current coffee roasting business, you need a business plan.
The following Coffee Roaster business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Coffee Roaster business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Coffee Roaster business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Etsy Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Etsy Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Etsy business or expand your current Etsy business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of Etsy business plans.
The following Etsy business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Etsy Business Plan Example
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], is an e-commerce company that owns a shop under the Etsy platform. The Company retails high-quality handmade and vintage items, as well as craft supplies. The Company aims to become one of the highest-selling shops on the Etsy platform in the United States.
Products Served
[Company Name] will provide the following products:
- Jewelry
- Bags
- Clothing
- Home DĂ©cor
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will serve individuals who shop online. The Company will primarily offer its products to:
- Millennial Women
- Gen X Women
- Gen Z Women
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has been crafting jewelry and décor for over [xx] years. While [Founder] has never sold her products on an ecommerce platform, she has a loyal and rapidly growing following. She will have the help and support of her business partner, [Insert Name], who will handle the marketing and admin tasks for the company.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- There has been significant growth in general demand for unique, handcrafted jewelry and décor over the past few years. In addition, [Founder’s name] is a maker with some notoriety, and her clients have provided highly positive feedback pointing towards a national demand for her products.
- The management team has a track record of success in the e-commerce business.
- Easy access to the internet will be a major success factor for the company.
- The e-commerce business is a proven, successful business in the United States.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $200,000 to launch its shop on the Etsy platform. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Professional photography and listing service: $10,000
- Working capital: $190,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment and supplies until [Company Name] reaches break-even.
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], is an e-commerce company that owns a shop under the Etsy platform. The Company retails high-quality handmade and vintage items, as well as craft supplies. The Company’s primary product line includes jewelry, bags, clothing, and home dĂ©cor. The Company aims to become one of the highest-selling shops on the Etsy platform in the United States.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] is an entrepreneur with a passion for hand-crafting unique jewelry, accessories, and décor. [Company Name] will establish itself as a well-respected business on the Etsy platform.
Upon surveying her existing customer base and finding a potential location for ecommerce expansion, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as a jewelry and décor production company on [date of incorporation].
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website
- Created the list of hand-crafted products
- Determined equipment and inventory requirements
- Began recruiting key employees with experience in ecommerce or in artisanal crafts.
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] will provide the following products:
- Jewelry
- Bags
- Clothing
- Home DĂ©cor
III. Industry Analysis
[Company Name] competes against small, individually owned brands in the industry and major regional or national chains. The coronavirus pandemic supercharged Etsy’s growth, from $818 million revenue to $1.72 billion over the past three years. Etsy also doubled active buyers in that time period. Last year, the number of active sellers on the Etsy.com platform stood at 4.3 million and the site had 81.9 million active buyers who had bought goods through the platform.
Going forward, the hand-crafted goods market is forecast to reach a value of $448.5 billion in the next five years, registering a CAGR of 10.8%. Moreover, North American hand-crafted goods market reached a value of around $242.4 Billion. With the emergence of online retailing and proliferation of various e-commerce websites, the accessibility to artisanal products has significantly increased. Consumers can now buy artisanal items with the click of their smartphones and have them shipped anywhere in the world. Moreover, social media and the internet have made it more convenient for craftsmen to directly access their target markets.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve individuals with an eye for unique, artisanal jewelry and décor, who shop online.
The precise demographics of individuals living in the U.S. are as follows:
United States | |
---|---|
Total Population | 312,796,426 |
Population Male | 49.00% |
Population Female | 51.00% |
Median Age | 37.5 |
Target Population by Age | |
Age 18 to 24 | 9.99% |
Age 25 to 34 | 13.08% |
Age 35 to 44 | 12.94% |
Age 45 to 54 | 14.64% |
Age 55 to 64 | 12.43% |
Median Household Income | $57,639 |
Households w/disposable income | |
Income $50,000 to $74,999 | 18.03% |
Income $75,000 to $99,999 | 12.97% |
Income $100,000 to $124,999 | 8.65% |
Income $125,000 to $149,999 | 5.40% |
Income $150,000 to $199,999 | 5.12% |
Income $200,000 and Over | 5.34% |
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following customer segments:
- Millennial Women – this demographic comprises the most significant market for [company name]. These women are comfortable making ecommerce purchases, and are established in their careers, which gives them disposable income.
- Gen X Women – this demographic is more likely to purchase higher-end products online, as their incomes are typically higher than the other target demographics for this industry.
- Gen Z Women – these women are digital natives, and are the most comfortable buying products online. While their disposable incomes are typically lower, the volume of purchases made by this age group make them a significant market.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
Competitor 1
The most widely recognized eCommerce platform around the world, Competitor 1 is accepted as the gold standard for corporate brands and small business owners alike. With Competitor 1, one can take advantage of an eCommerce platform that offers a website builder with hundreds of templates, all of which can be customized with the brand’s specific logos, images, videos, and text. With vast customization control and strong analytics, Competitor 1 offers the most powerful eCommerce functionality on the company’s list while also being user-friendly enough for most beginners to manage.
Competitor 2
Competitor 2 is an online marketplace that deals in artistic products of all kinds developed by independent experts. It not only provides a personalized platform for sellers to display their handmade goods but also helps them in creating a unique website/online gallery for the same. Competitor 2 provides a wide range of templates that can be modified with a simple bit of training. It accepts sellers of authentic artistic items on their platform for displaying their products, which they then allow the customers to buy. Competitor 2 ideally makes money through commissions from sales, but it also has paid plans for sellers wishing to utilize more resources on their platform.
Competitor 3
Competitor 3 is an online marketplace for artists that supports only US-based entrepreneurs. The seller needs to have US citizenship to sell on the platform, but the buyer ideally can be from anywhere in the world. Essentially, this C2C company focuses on promoting handmade products made by Americans for everyone! Competitor 3 provides a unique website for its customers. Its website builder is so easy to understand that even a novice can readily navigate through its technicalities.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Management: The Company’s management team has xx years of business and marketing experience that allows them to market and serve customers in an improved and sophisticated manner than the competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived in the community for xx years, [Founder’s Name] knows all of the local community, media, and other influencers. Furthermore, she will be able to draw from her existing personal and professional relationships to grow her client base.
- Great service at an affordable price: The array of hand-crafted products offered by [Company Name] nearly equals the most premium positioned competitor, [Competitor Name]. However, [Company Name] will offer these products at a much more affordable price.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
[Company name] seeks to position itself as an upper-middle-market competitor on the Etsy platform. Customers can expect to receive premium-quality, authentic, hand-crafted items.
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Offering a unique range of products
- Good packaging, which can enhance the safety of the products
- Affordable prices
- Providing excellent customer service and support.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name]’s promotions strategy to reach the audience includes:
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening a shop under Etsy platform, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective customers, local merchants and press contacts. These events will create buzz, and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Advertisement
Advertisements in print publications like newspapers, magazines, etc., are an excellent way for businesses to connect with their audience. The Company will advertise its products in popular magazines and news dailies. Obtaining relevant placements in industry magazines and journals will also help in increasing brand visibility.
Local Publications
[Company name] will announce its opening several weeks in advance through publicity pieces in multiple local newspapers and publications. It will run regular advertisements to maintain exposure to relevant markets.
Social Media Marketing
Social media is one of the most cost-effective and practical marketing methods for improving brand visibility. The Company will use social media to develop engaging content in terms of different handmade products and customer reviews that will increase audience awareness and loyalty. Engaging with prospective clients and business partners on social media platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn will also help understand changing customer needs.
Word of Mouth Marketing
[Company name] will encourage word-of-mouth marketing from loyal and satisfied clients. The Company will use recommendations and word-of-mouth marketing to grow the customer base through the network of its existing customers. The Company will be incentivizing its existing customer base to encourage their friends to come and try their unique, hand-crafted products.
Special Offers
Offers and incentives are an excellent approach to assisting businesses in replenishing the inevitable customer churn each year. The Company will introduce special offers to attract new consumers and encourage repeat purchases, which will be quite advantageous in the long run.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be moderate, so customers feel they receive great value when purchasing products listed in the Etsy shop. The customers can expect to receive quality products at a more affordable price than what they pay on a luxury e-commerce platform.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
To execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform several functions, including the following:
Service & Administrative Functions
- Product creation
- Logistics and Operations Manager
- Sales manager
- Customer service
- General & administrative functions including legal, marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Inventory management
Milestones
[Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], an entrepreneur with a life-long passion for hand-crafting unique jewelry, accessories, and décor. She has been crafting jewelry and décor for over [xx] years. While [Founder] has never sold her products on an ecommerce platform, but she has a loyal and rapidly growing following.
[Founder] graduated from the University of ABC where she majored in art. She has also earned an MBA in Sales and Retail Management from XYZ University.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Chief Executive Officer. In order to launch its shop on the Etsy platform, the company will need to hire the following personnel:
- Accountant
- Inventory and Quality Assurance Manager
- Sales and Marketing Manager
- Shipping and Logistics manager
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come from the sale of products on the Etsy platform. The major costs for the company will be production and shipping costs, and salaries of the staff. In the initial years, the company’s marketing spend will be high, as it establishes itself in the market.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $200,000 to launch its shop under Etsy platform. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Design and build-out: $10,000
- Working capital: $190,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment and supplies until [Company Name] reaches break-even.
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of customers per day | |
---|---|
Year 1 | 40 |
Year 2 | 60 |
Year 3 | 80 |
Year 4 | 100 |
Year 5 | 120 |
Average order price | $32 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
HR Consulting Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
HR Consulting Business Plan Template
If you want to start a human resource consulting business or expand your current HR consulting firm, you need a business plan.
The following HR Consulting business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning human resources plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a HR Consultant business plan to help you start your own business plan:
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides a brief overview of your HR consulting company.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis section should include a detailed overview of your human resources business including your legal structure and product & service offering.
III. Industry Analysis-This section will include market research that provide insights into the HR consulting industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer analysis will provide an overview of your target market.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis will identify your main competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
VI. Marketing Plan– This section includes your marketing strategy and sales plan, promotional strategies and advertising tactics.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan will include information on your HR consulting company systems and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes your team’s backgrounds, qualifications, and responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Wine Bar Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Wine Bar Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Wine Bar business or expand your current Wine Bar, you need a business plan.
The following Wine Bar business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Wine Bar business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example wine bar business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Wine Bar Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Property Management Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Property Management Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Property Management business or expand your current Property Management business, you need a business plan.
The following Property Management business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Property Management Company business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a Property Management business plan example:
Property Management Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free property management business plan template. You can also click here to get our property management business plan pdf.
Airbnb Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Airbnb Business Plan
If you want to start a successful Airbnb business or expand your current Airbnb business, you need a business plan.
The following Airbnb business plan template gives you the key components to include in a winning Airbnb business plan.
Airbnb Business Plan Example
Below are links to a sample of each of the key sections that should be included in your own business plan:
- Executive Summary – The Executive Summary of your business plan should provide an overview of your business, your business goals and objectives, and why you believe it is a viable venture.
- Company Overview – The Company Overview should detail the history of your vacation rental business including your legal structure, any licenses and permits required, and any unique services or products your business offers.
- Industry Analysis – In the Industry Analysis, you will describe the Airbnb and vacation rental industry including market trends, competitive landscape, and target customers.
- Customer Analysis – In the Customer Analysis section, you will identify your ideal guest which may include business travelers, families vacationing, or long-term rentals for extended stays.
- Competitive Analysis – In the Competitor Analysis, you will identify other Airbnb properties and businesses that you would consider direct competitors in your target market. To achieve success, you need to identify your unique selling points to establish a competitive advantage and attract customers to your rental properties.
- Marketing Plan – The Marketing Plan section should outline your promotional strategies for reaching and converting potential customers. This should include a combination of online, print, and traditional marketing channels such as television, radio, and direct mail campaigns.
- Operations Plan – In the Operations Plan section, you will detail the day-to-day operations of your Airbnb business including housekeeping, maintenance, and customer service.
- Management Team – The Management Team section should outline who is responsible for the operation functions of your Airbnb business and how they are qualified.
- Financial Plan – This section should include your rental income statement, ongoing expenses, balance sheet and cash flow statements for the next three to five years. A good financial plan should also provide ways to reduce costs and increase the profitability of your business.
Click below to see each section of our free airbnb business plan template. You can also click here to get our airbnb business plan template pdf.
Social Enterprise Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Social Enterprise Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful social enterprise business or expand your current social enterprise business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of social enterprise business plans.
The following social enterprise business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Social Enterprise Business Plan Example
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new social enterprise located in [location]. Our mission is to help local unemployed residents build essential job skills. Funding will come from donations, grants, and the sale of second hand clothes and goods. The profits from our sales will go directly towards funding and developing courses and programs that will teach at-risk residents important skills that will help them in a variety of career paths.
Products And Services
Our main goal is to provide courses and programs that teach unemployed residents skills they need to get back into the workforce. These courses will be offered for free so that there is no barrier to them getting the education they need. Some example courses we will offer include:
- Programming
- Marketing
- Data entry
- Microsoft Office
In order to fund these courses, we will use the profit we earn from selling used clothes and wares in our thrift stores. Some of the used items we will sell in our stores include:
- Books
- Clothing
- Dinnerware
- Jewelry
- Furniture
- Toys and games
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will serve the residents living in [location] and the surrounding areas. The demographics of these residents are as follows:
- 57,827 residents
- Average income of $44,700
- 52.8% married
- Unemployed: 15%
- Below Poverty Line: 7.1%
- Median age: 38 years
The demographics of our town show that the unemployment rate is much higher than the national average despite there being good opportunities available for work. We believe that a skill gap is a major cause of this, and we are setting out to fix that by providing free skill-building courses.
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has a track record of success with social enterprises. His whole life, [Founder’s Name] has been dedicated to doing work that helps the community. For [X] years, he was the Chief Operations Officer of a microlending business that has helped fund the dreams of hundreds of entrepreneurs across the world. During this time, he learned the operations and management aspects of running such an enterprise and therefore knows how to run a similar business.
Over the past few years, he noticed that local unemployment rates were rising higher and higher. When discussing the issue with local leaders and entrepreneurs, he found that a major part of the problem was a skill gap. That’s when he developed the idea to create a store that will help fund courses to teach local residents essential skills they need for a better career.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- There is a massive need to serve the unemployed in our community. Doing so will increase the quality of life, decrease unemployment and job vacancy rates, and decrease crime rates.
- There is no other local organization supporting this critical need.
- The management team has a track record of success achieving the goals of our company and other organizations for which we have worked.
- Members of our community fully support and believe in our mission.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $570,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $200,000
- Classroom design/build: $100,000
- Equipment: $50,000
- Working capital: $220,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a social enterprise dedicated to helping the unemployed of [location] get the work they deserve. We aim to fulfill this mission by providing courses in essential skills such as marketing, data entry, and Microsoft Office. We will fund these courses and programs primarily through the sale of used items in our thrift store. Our stores will take many gently used items, including books, clothes, wares, toys, and more. Though we expect to make a profit by selling these items, all proceeds will go towards funding our programs.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name] who has prior success with social enterprises. He has lived in the area for decades, so he could not help but worry as the unemployment rate climbed higher and higher over recent years. While talking with other leaders in the area, he discovered that this was partially due to a skill gap. He set out to create his own social enterprise that would provide the unemployed of [location] with skills needed to better their careers.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as a B-Corporation on [date of incorporation]. The company is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name]’s home, but once the store and classrooms are developed, all operations will run from there.
Since incorporation, the [Company Name] has achieved the following milestones:
- Located available space to build the store and adjoining classrooms
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Developed a social media presence
- Began recruiting key employees
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
Our main goal is to provide courses and programs that teach unemployed residents skills they need to get back into the workforce. These courses will be offered free of charge, so that there is no barrier to them getting the education they need. Some example courses we will offer include:
- Programming
- Marketing
- Data entry
- Microsoft Office
The proceeds of our thrift store sales will go to fund these courses. Some of the used items we will sell in our stores include:
- Books
- Clothing
- Dinnerware
- Jewelry
- Furniture
- Toys and games
III. Industry Analysis
As the demand for social progress and change increases, social enterprises are just one way that entrepreneurs and activists are effecting that change. From utilizing fair trade resources to make their products to selling items that help fund social programs, social enterprises are making social change happen across the globe. People demand more from the companies they patronize, so many businesses are starting up with social or environmental change in mind.
While corporate greed is nothing new, younger generations are increasingly active in countering this greed and elevating social consciousness. As a result, consumers no longer will just take any product or be loyal to any company, especially one that treats its workers poorly or contributes to a major social problem. Consumers want to not only feel good about the items they purchase, but also feel that they are contributing to the greater good, so they seek to do business with ethical companies like social enterprises. With such overwhelming support, this is a great era where many social enterprises will thrive.
Furthermore, there are numerous thrift stores across the nation that operate as nonprofits or as part of social enterprises. Therefore, this is a proven business model that can easily succeed.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the community residents of [location] and its surrounding areas.
The community in general has been struggling over the past few years with a high unemployment rate, low average salary, and a noticeable skill gap. We aim to help residents by offering free courses that will teach residents essential skills needed in today’s job market. Funding will come in part from selling low cost thrift items and clothing.
Customer Segmentation
[Company Name] will primarily target three customer segments:
- Unemployed Residents: Many people who are unemployed for long periods of time lack the marketable skills needed to get them back into a career. We will market our free courses to these residents so that they can sign up and learn essential skills.
- Residents without access to education: Formal education is no longer affordable. Many people get stuck working in low-paying jobs simply because they cannot afford a formal degree. Our courses are free and open to people with all levels of education.
- Thrift shoppers: Thrift shopping has become all the rage. Not only do people enjoy buying cheap products but they also love helping the planet by reusing items instead of buying new goods. Therefore, many residents will be excited to see a new second hand store in town. They also enjoy the added benefit of contributing to a program that helps their local community.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following companies offering similar products and services are located within a 10-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Hal’s Thrift Store
Hal’s Thrift Store is a local thrift store that has served the local population since 1988. It was the first major thrift store in town and helped spread awareness of all the benefits of purchasing used items. Almost everything second hand can be purchased at Hal’s, from clothing and shoes to books and games.
However, Hal’s Thrift Store is not a social enterprise. While popular and appealing, it is simply a local business that keeps all of its profits. So although we expect Hal’s to continue to thrive, we expect many residents will prefer [Company Name] for its social programs.
Kitten Thrift Store
Kitten Thrift Store is a social enterprise thrift store whose profits benefit cats in shelters and foster care. The proceeds help to buy food, toys, and pay for vet visits and medical treatments. The money raised through this social enterprise has helped thousands of cats in [location] and nearby areas, with many finding loving permanent homes thanks to the awareness the thrift store spreads.
We expect Kitten Thrift Store to continue to thrive due to its noble cause. However, anyone who isn’t a fan of cats but still wants to contribute to a good cause may find [Company Name] a more appealing thrift store to patronize.
Goodwill Industries
Goodwill has been the most popular thrift store in the United States for decades. Established in 1902, Goodwill’s goal is to raise funds by selling second hand items in order to fund programs that help disabled and underserved populations get stable employment. People can find almost anything second hand at their local Goodwill, from vintage clothing, to albums, to rare trading cards.
However, Goodwill has been the subject of controversy in recent years. Multiple investigations have found that while Goodwill executives are taking in millions in their salaries, programs are being defunded or operated minimally. Furthermore, the organization is known to pay its employees under minimum wage and treat them poorly. Because of all these problems, many people have turned away from Goodwill and are looking to more ethical thrift stores such as [Company Name].
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Our mission: We have an important mission that serves the local community. This puts us at a great advantage over other thrift stores who only operate for profit.
- Location: We will be located in the heart of downtown [location]. This is a high traffic area that is easily accessible by foot, car, or public transportation.
- Management: The management team has a track record of success in social enterprises that will prove valuable to our cause.
VI. Marketing Plan
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a high-quality thrift store that provides numerous benefits to the community. We pride ourselves in our mission and our connection with local residents.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Funding courses and programs that will address the skill gap and unemployment issues in [location]
- Offering a welcoming environment where residents can find high-quality second hand items
- Offering a central location in the downtown area
- Providing excellent customer service
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be residents living within a 10-mile radius of its location. [Company Name]’s promotion strategy to reach these potential customers includes:
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will develop a professional website that displays photos of our store and a schedule of upcoming classes and programs. The company will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Social Media
[Company Name] will utilize various social media platforms to engage with local residents and spread awareness of our mission. The company will use targeted marketing to appeal to our target demographics.
Community Events/Organizations
The company will promote itself by distributing marketing materials and participating in local community events, such as fairs, festivals, and sporting events.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket neighborhoods with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], and discuss course and program offerings and common inventory in the store.
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening the store, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective local customers and press contacts. These events will create buzz and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Public Relations
We will contact all local and regional area newspapers and television stations to tell them about the store opening and the mission of [Company Name].
Pricing Strategy
Since all of our items will be received for free and will be second hand, we will price everything significantly lower than their retail value, but high enough to ensure the company makes a profit.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
In order to execute [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform many functions, including the following:
Executive Functions
- General management of the company
- Hiring and training staff
- Maintaining the vision of the company
Administrative Functions
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- General administrative tasks
- Scheduling courses
- Signing attendees up for courses and programs
Retail Functions
- Accepting thrift donations
- Repurposing donated items for resale
- Operating cashier and process payment methods
- Providing excellent customer service
- Maintenance functions
Service Functions
- Creating courses around the most in-demand skills
- Developing coursework, lessons, and materials
- Tutoring students who are struggling
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has a track record of success with social enterprises. For his whole life, [Founder’s Name] has been dedicated to doing work that helps the community at large. For [X] years, he was the Chief Operations Officer of a microlending business that has helped fund the dreams of hundreds of entrepreneurs across the world. During this time, he learned the operations and management aspects of running such an enterprise. Furthermore, [Founder’s Name] graduated from the University of ABC where he majored in Business Administration.
Over the past few years, he noticed that local unemployment rates were rising higher and higher. When discussing the issue with other major leaders and entrepreneurs he found that part of the problem was a skill gap. That’s when he set up the idea to create a store that will help fund courses to teach local residents essential skills they need for a great career.
[Other person] serves as the Chief Marketing Officer for [Company Name]. She has been working in marketing for [X] years, primarily for non-profits and other social enterprises. She brings a great deal of experience and skills that will give [Company Name] a great social presence.
[Other person] serves as the Chief Financial Officer for [Company Name]. She has worked in Finance for [X] years for nonprofit organizations, such as [name of corporation]. She is highly skilled at managing finances for nonprofits, and can help us budget accordingly for our mission and programs.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the President and CEO of [Company Name]. In order to launch the business, we need to hire the following personnel:
- Store Manager
- Assistant Managers (2 to start)
- Cashiers/Store Representatives (4 to start)
- Administrative Assistant (1 to start)
- Educators/Course Instructors (2 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenue will come from the sales of items sold in the thrift store.
The major costs for the company will be the salaries of the staff and the cost of maintaining the store. In the initial years, the company’s marketing spending will be high as it establishes itself in the market.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $570,000 to launch. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures, labor, marketing expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $200,000
- Classroom design/build: $100,000
- Equipment: $50,000
- Working capital: $220,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of customers per day | |
---|---|
FY 1 | 75 |
FY 2 | 100 |
FY 3 | 125 |
FY 4 | 150 |
FY 5 | 175 |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $50,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Basketball Facility Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Basketball Facility Business Plan Template
If you want to start a basketball facility business or expand your current basketball facility business, you need a business plan.
The following Basketball Facility business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Basketball Facility business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Basketball Facility business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Distillery Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Distillery Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Distillery or expand your current Distillery, you need a business plan.
The following Distillery business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Distillery business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Distillery business plan:
Distillery Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Tax Preparation Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Tax Preparation Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Tax Preparation business or expand your current Tax business, you need a business plan.
The following Tax Preparation business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Tax Service business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful tax preparation service business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Tax Preparation Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Manufacturing Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Manufacturing Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Manufacturing business or expand your current Manufacturing company, you need a business plan.
The following Manufacturing business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Manufacturing business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample manufacturing business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Used Car Dealership Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Used Car Dealership Business Plan Template
If you want to start a used car dealership or expand your current used car dealership, you need a business plan.
The following Used Car Dealership business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Used Car Dealership business plan.
Used Car Dealership Business Plan Sample
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a used car dealership that sells, and services used vehicles to customers in the surrounding community. Our dealership will offer vehicles at a range of price points , for customers across the spectrum of creditworthiness.
Products and Services
[Company Name] will maintain an inventory of used vehicles, and operate a service department for trade-ins.
In addition, [Company name] will also offer financing and insurance options for customers with all credit scores. Sub-prime customers will find financing options at [Company name] that they will not find at other area dealerships.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve the residents within a 30 mile radius of our location. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 27,827 residents
- Average income of $45,700
- 38.9% with higher education
- 29.6% in Mgt./Professional occupations
- Median age: 35 years
This bodes well for [Company Name], as the prime demographic for used car dealerships are consumers with subprime credit ratings. Individuals of all ages will be sure to patronize [Company Name] for their extensive vehicle and financing options.
Management Team
[Company Name]is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in sales for 20 years. While [Founder] has never run a dealership himself, he has worked in the car dealership industry since age 30. As such [Founder] has an in-depth knowledge of the dealerships industry, including the operations side (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business management side (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.).
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The Company will fill a specific market niche in the growing community we are entering. In addition, we have surveyed the local population and received extremely positive feedback saying that they explicitly want to frequent our business when it is launched.
- Our location is in a high-volume area with easy access from multiple residential and commercial district zones.
- The management team has a track record of success in the car dealership industry.
- Used car dealerships are a proven business and have succeeded in communities throughout the United States.
- Local competitors leave a large gap in the market—there are car dealers offering new cars and maintenance services, and a dealership that exclusively sells used vehicles, but nothing that cater to subprime customers.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $500,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Lot design/build: $100,000
- Inventory: $300,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for Marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Topline projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $400,000 | $466,067 | $524,563 | $590,400 | $664,500 |
Total Expenses | $345,594 | $385,172 | $419,434 | $475,894 | $507,480 |
EBITDA | $54,406 | $80,895 | $105,129 | $114,506 | $157,020 |
Depreciation | $20,840 | $20,840 | $20,840 | $20,840 | $20,840 |
EBIT | $33,566 | $60,055 | $84,289 | $93,666 | $136,180 |
Interest | $16,822 | $14,719 | $12,617 | $10,514 | $8,411 |
PreTax Income | $16,744 | $45,336 | $71,673 | $83,153 | $127,769 |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $0 | $17,104 | $29,103 | $44,719 |
Net Income | $16,744 | $45,336 | $54,569 | $54,049 | $83,050 |
Net Profit Margin | - | 10% | 10% | 9% | 12% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a a used car dealership that sells, and services used vehicles to customers in the surrounding community. Our dealership will offer vehicles at a range of price points, for customers across the spectrum of creditworthiness.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name]. While [Founder’s Name] has been in the auto sales business for some time, it was in [month, year] that he decided to launch [Company Name]. Specifically, during this time, [Founder] took a trip to Fort Lauderdale, FL. During his trip, [Founder’s Name] visited a used car dealership that enjoyed tremendous success. After discussing the business at length with the owner of the dealership, [Founder’s Name] clearly understood that a similar business would enjoy significant success in his hometown.
Specifically, the customer demographics and competitive situations in the Fort Lauderdale location and in his hometown were so similar that he knew it would work. After surveying the local population, [Founder’s name] went ahead and founded [company name].
[Company Name]’s History
Upon returning from Fort Lauderdale, surveying the local customer base, and finding a potential lot location, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].
The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name] private offices, but once the build-out on [Company Name]’s commercial location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found commercial space and signed Letter of Intent to purchase it
- Developed the company’s name, logo and website located at [website]
- Hired an architect to design the showroom
- Determined equipment and inventory requirements
- Begun recruiting key employees with previous auto sales experience
[Company Name]’s Products & Services
Below are [Company Name]’s products and services:
- Used vehicles
- Parts and repair services
- Finance and insurance
Sales professionals will be available to determine the customer’s needs, budget, and preferences, and recommend options.
[Company Name] will also offer financing and insurance options for customers with a range of credit scores.
[Company Name] will feature a range of used vehicles. It will continue to update its inventory in order to provide fresh options to its customers.
Furthermore, the waiting area will feature a relaxing, welcoming atmosphere, and a coffee bar will be available for waiting customers.
Showroom Design
[Company Name] will develop a 2,000 square foot facility whose key elements will include the following:
- Office area
- Reception Desk
- Coffee bar
- A waiting area
- Restrooms
[Company Name] plans to be open 6 days a week, from 7AM to 9PM. As demand dictates, we may extend or reduce our hours.
III. Industry Analysis
[Company Name] competes against other new and used car dealerships, as well as online-only car dealers and private consumer sales.
According to a report by National Independent Automobile Dealers Association, the used car dealership industry is a fragmented one, with nonemploying dealerships estimated to represent 81.4% of total establishments. The market is estimated to grow to over $150.6 billion in five years. Since there are no truly dominant competitors, barriers to entry are not as high as many other industries, and a start-up can expect to have success in this growing market, [Company Name] is well-positioned for success. There is plenty of room in the industry particularly for conveniently located dealerships that cater to specific demographic trends and demands. In this industry, size does not necessarily mean an advantage, which bodes well for [Company Name].
Market Trends
The market in which [Company Name] will compete is experiencing a number of different trends.
Market-level trends:
- Flat growth. This market is expected to remain consistent, with slow growth of 0.6% annually.
- Success drivers. Customer satisfaction is what ultimately makes one dealership triumph while another fails. The experience a dealership’s customer has will ultimately determine whether or not they return and whether or not they refer others to the dealer.
Firm-level trends:
- Inventory and Price. Most used car dealerships have inventories dominated by vehicles that are at least six years old and have more than 60,000 miles. The variety of vehicles in stock is an important factor in a consumer’s decision to buy, as are financing options.
- Customer service. Happy customers generally tell three friends about their positive experience, while unhappy customers tell five times as many people.
Customer-level trends:
- Availability. Because of the limited used car inventory and slowed vehicle production, consumers are less set on whether they want a used or new vehicle. Instead, they are more likely to make a purchase decision based on available stock and prices.
- Purchasing preferences. Customers are increasingly shopping online, including shopping for vehicles. While not all customers complete an automobile purchase online, many do use the internet to research and compare before making the final purchase decision.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the residents of [company location] and the immediately surrounding areas as well as those who work in [company location].
The area we serve is populated mostly by lower middle class Millennials; as a result, they are more likely to shop for high quality used vehicles. Further, many are looking to transition to hybrid or electric vehicles, and used EVs are a more affordable option.
The precise demographics of the town in which our retail location resides is as follows:
Wilmette | Winnetka | |
---|---|---|
Total Population | 26,097 | 10,725 |
Square Miles | 6.89 | 3.96 |
Population Density | 3,789.20 | 2,710.80 |
Population Male | 48.04% | 48.84% |
Population Female | 51.96% | 51.16% |
Target Population by Age Group | ||
Age 18-24 | 3.68% | 3.52% |
Age 25-34 | 5.22% | 4.50% |
Age 35-44 | 13.80% | 13.91% |
Age 45-54 | 18.09% | 18.22% |
Target Population by Income | ||
Income $50,000 to $74,999 | 11.16% | 6.00% |
Income $75,000 to $99,999 | 10.91% | 4.41% |
Income $100,000 to $124,999 | 9.07% | 6.40% |
Income $125,000 to $149,999 | 9.95% | 8.02% |
Income $150,000 to $199,999 | 12.20% | 11.11% |
Income $200,000 and Over | 32.48% | 54.99% |
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
V.Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following dealerships are located within a 20 mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Premiere Auto
Incorporated in 1997, Premiere Auto is a privately held preowned dealership. Premiere Auto has consistently been ranked in the Top 20 independent preowned dealerships in the United States and has sold over 50,000 vehicles since it opened. Premiere Auto sources most of its vehicles from private individuals. Most of these vehicles have Carfax available, and come with a 2 year/100,000-mile warranty. Premiere Auto operates a service and parts center and offers financing. Premiere Auto currently has 152 vehicles available on its website; priced from $4,999 to $58,999.
We expect that Premiere Auto will continue to thrive. But since is located in the next city, we expect more and more customers will frequent [Company Name] based on proximity and competitive prices we offer.
Randy’s Auto Sales
Established in 1993, Randy’s Auto Sales, Inc is a privately held preowned dealership. Randy’s Auto Sales has a wide range of vehicle makes and models and offers financing. The dealership offers a range of Warranty coverages provided by GWC Warranty and operates two lots. Randy’s Auto Sales has 71 vehicles available on the two lots; priced from $3,995 to $15,995.
[Company Name] has several advantages over Randy’s Auto Sales, in that offers a larger inventory, and has more financing options.
Boardwalk Auto Sales
Established in 2010, Boardwalk Auto Sales, Inc. is a privately held single location used car dealership. Boardwalk Auto Sales primarily offers In-House Lease Financing on its used vehicles. Boardwalk Auto Sales includes a warranty on every vehicle offered and can arrange traditional financing. Further, the dealership does not preform Credit Check and can offer flexible terms and payment options. Boardwalk Auto Sales operates an Inspection Station & full service facility able to handle anything from routine tire swaps, brake work & oil changes to engine swaps and transmission repairs. Boardwalk Auto Sales has 56 vehicles for sale online; priced from $8,990 to $12,990.
Boardwalk Auto Sales offers some financing options which are unique to the area, and thus we expect it will continue to draw a large clientele. However, because many of its services are geared to subprime clientele, we expect to draw prime buyers who seek better financing terms.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Location: [Company Name]’s location is near the center of town, giving us access to commuters going to and leaving the train station, local office workers, and passersby shopping in the city.
- Strong inventory: The inventory offered by [Company Name] is large, and [Company Name] offers these vehicles at affordable prices.
- Management: Our management team has years of business and marketing experience that allows us to market to and serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than our competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived in the community for 25 years, [Founder’s Name] knows all of the local leaders, newspapers and other influencers. As such, it will be relatively easy for [Company Name] to build brand awareness and an initial customer base.
VI.Marketing Plan
[Company name] seeks to position itself as a respectable competitor in the used car industry. Customers can expect to receive personal attention and choose from a variety of used cars offered at reasonable prices.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Convenient location
- Highly trained specialists
- Significant personal attention
- Moderate price point
- Comfortable, customer-focused environment
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be individuals working and/or living within a 10-mile radius of its location. [The Company’s] marketing strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Local Publications
[Company name] will announce its opening several weeks in advance through publicity pieces in multiple local newspapers and publications. Regular advertisements will run to maintain exposure to relevant markets. Community newspapers, school publications, youth sports programs, and similar channels will be a major promotion effort.
Major Publications
We will make careful use of advertising in selected larger publications. [Publication or newspaper name] has a circulation of xyz and we can expect to reach a wider geographic region of customers on a limited basis. Advertisements with major publications will be used selectively, based on cost effectiveness. These ads will include discount coupons so that response to the ads can be tracked.
Community Events/Organizations
[Company name] will promote itself by distributing marketing materials and participating in local community events, such as school fairs, local festivals, or homeowner associations.
Commute Advertising
We will drive attention toward [Company name] by leasing a billboard alongside [route or highway]. Advertising on heavily traveled commute routes is an opportunity to alert large numbers of working individuals with disposable income of our opening.
Customer Loyalty Programs
[Company name] will create a winning customer loyalty program to keep its best clients coming back again and again. In addition, we will send periodic, regular emails and text messages to customers. These communications will (a) ensure that customers are satisfied with their purchases, and (b) remind customers after a certain period of time has passed that they might want to shop for another car. Long-term customers will have the opportunity to participate in the loyalty program, and referrals will be rewarded as well.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket neighborhoods surrounding its locations with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], offer discounts and/or provide other inducements for people to visit the center.
Ongoing Customer Communications
[Company Name] will maintain a website and publish a monthly email newsletter to tell customers about new events, inventories and more.
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening the dealership, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective customers, local merchants and press contacts. These events will create buzz and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be competitive so customers feel they receive great value when shopping for a new car. The customer can expect to receive personalized attention and honest dealing when shopping for a used car.
VII.Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company name] will carry out its day-to-day operations on a walk-in basis.
In order to execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the Company needs to perform several functions. The majority of employees will have a primary function as auto sales professionals. [Company name] anticipates using the services of X employees, divided into the following roles.
Service Functions
- Auto sales
- Financing and insurance processing
- Auto maintenance and service
- Appraisals
Administrative Functions
- General & administrative functions including legal, marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Sourcing and storing products and inventory
- Hiring and training staff
- Appointment making
- Customer service/cash register functions
Miscellaneous
- Maintenance personnel
- Porters
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name]is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in auto sales for 20 years.
While [Founder] has never run a dealership himself, he has worked in the auto industry since age 30. He began his career after he graduated from [University Name] in [19xx].
[Other person’s name] will serve as the customer service manager. [He/she] has extensive experience in the auto industry.
[Founder] will serve as the office manager. In order to launch our dealership, we need to hire the following personnel:
- Sales staff (3 to start)
- Finance and insurance processors (2 to start)
- Service personnel (2 to start)
- Porter (1 to start)
- Appraiser (1 to start)
- Assistants (1 to start)
- Receptionist (1 to start)
As dictated by demand and operational maturity, [Founder] will consider hiring the following personnel:
- Sales Manager [Number]
- Assistant Office Manager
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from the sale of used vehicles and secondarily from the sales of parts/accessories and auto services.
The major cost drivers for the company’s operation will consist of:
- Inventory and parts
- Salaries and commissions
- Lease
Moreover, ongoing marketing expenditures and cost of goods sold expenses are also notable cost drivers for [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking $500,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Lot design/build: $100,000
- Inventory: $300,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for Marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions & Forecasts
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model.
Number of cars sold per month | |
---|---|
FY 1 | 20 |
FY 2 | 25 |
FY 3 | 30 |
FY 4 | 40 |
FY 5 | 50 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Self Storage Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Self Storage Business Plan Template
If you want to start your own self storage business or expand your current storage company, you need a business plan.
The following Self Storage business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan for your storage company or storage unit business. In addition to this template, conducting research on the self storage industry will help you better understand the business, identify your target market and help implement a smart marketing plan.
Sample Self Storage Business Plan Template
Below are links to each of the key sections of your self storage facility business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Indoor Playground Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Indoor Playground Business Plan
If you want to start a indoor playground business or expand your current business, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template and example gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan for your indoor playground business.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your indoor play area business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Record Label Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Record Label Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Record Label business or expand your current Record Label, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of record label business plans.
The following record label business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Record Label Business Plan Example
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a new, independent record label focusing on alternative rock music.
We seek to find and sign up-and-coming alternative rock bands based in the New York region. By finding underground talent and improving their marketing and appeal to a broader music audience, we will be able to build a stable of artists with significant customer bases. This will translate into significant music album sales, concert tickets, and related products (e.g., merchandise).
Products Served
[Company Name] will provides both a product and a service to two distinct audiences.
To alternative music artists which provide talent agent and artist representation functions. That is, we find and recruit talent. And then we manage our bands and provide the creative and marketing resources they need to develop music and sell music and merchandise.
We will also sell music, concert tickets and merchandise.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve alternative rock fans in the greater NY region. Simmons Research has found that these fans display the following demographic characteristics:
- Gender skew is fairly balanced…56% males, 44% females.
- Listeners tend to be well-educated, 41% more likely than the average adult to have attended or graduated from college.
- Listeners tend to be 40-50% more likely than the average adult to be a heavy radio listener.
- The majority of the audience remains firmly lodged in the 18-44 age range.
In addition to end-customers, we serve the needs of alternative rock bands. We will focus on currently unsigned bands. Typically, the members of these bands are in their 20s and have getting signed, generating revenues and becoming famous as their primary goals.
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in the music business for 3 years. While [Founder] has never run an independent record label himself, he has been active in the industry for many years as a listener and as an intern at Alternative Rock Station WCDS in New York City.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- There is currently no independent record label in the NY metro area focused exclusively on up-and-coming alternative rock bands.
- There has been a significant growth in alternative rock listeners in the area. Music stations catering to this market have been thriving.
- The management team has a track record of success in the independent record label business.
- Our business model will be profitable if we can grow in the metro-NY area. If any of our artists thrive nationally, then we will be even more successful.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $100,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Build-out and Startup costs: $25,350
- Salaries: $45,000
- Marketing: $20,000
- Lease expenditures: $12,000
Topline projections over the next five years are as follows:
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $323,400 | $1,237,667 | $2,986,908 | $5,620,496 | $9,506,911 |
Total Expenses | $311,870 | $1,192,261 | $2,185,677 | $3,658,341 | $5,533,472 |
EBITDA | $11,530 | $45,406 | $801,231 | $1,962,155 | $3,973,439 |
Depreciation | $3,800 | $3,800 | $3,800 | $3,800 | $3,800 |
EBIT | $7,730 | $41,606 | $797,431 | $1,958,355 | $3,969,639 |
Interest | $6,653 | $5,821 | $4,990 | $4,158 | $3,326 |
PreTax Income | $1,077 | $35,785 | $792,441 | $1,954,197 | $3,966,312 |
Income Tax Expense | $377 | $11,625 | $277,355 | $683,969 | $1,388,209 |
Net Income | $700 | $24,159 | $515,087 | $1,270,228 | $2,578,103 |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a new, independent record label focusing on alternative rock music.
We seek to find and sign up-and-coming alternative rock bands based in the New York region. By finding underground talent and improving their marketing and appeal to a broader music audience, we will be able to build a stable of artists with significant customer bases. This will translate into significant sales of music (CDs, MP3s), concert tickets, and related products (e.g., merchandise.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] conceived [Company Name] on [Date] after years of attending alternative rock concerts in the New York metro region and seeing the massive increase in attendance to most events.
[Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].
The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name] home office, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s retail location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found office space and signed Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo and website
- Created the mission statement
- Determined equipment requirements
- Began discussions to sign key alternative rock bands
[Company Name]’s Products & Services
[Company Name] will develop the following products for sale to consumers:
- Music (CDs, MP3s)
- Merchandise (shirts, hoodies, posters, etc.)
- Concert tickets
To the music artists it signs, [Company Name] will primarily offer the following services.
- Marketing support (to build each band’s customer base)
- Distribution (to sell music, merchandise and concert tickets)
- Tour support (arranging and managing tours)
- Promotions (working with radio stations and other entities to promote each band).
III. Industry Analysis
The following industry trends and statistics bode well for [Company Name].
The music industry is clearly vast. According to IFPI, which represents the recording industry worldwide, global music sales were $33.5 billion, with the U.S. accounting for $12.3 billion of that amount.
Within this industry, consider the following key statistics:
- 30% of the global music market belongs to independent labels
- Independent labels sell 900 million units annually
- Artist signed by a major record label earn approximately $1 per copy sold
- Artist signed by an independent record label earn approximately $5 per copy sold
Because independent record label artists earn 5 times the revenue per unit sold, [Company Name] is at an advantage in signing many up-and-coming alternative music bands versus major labels.
Other key information from IFPI includes the following:
- The digital music business internationally saw a sixth year of expansion , growing by an estimated 25 per cent. Digital platforms now account for around 20 per cent of recorded music sales. Recorded music is at the forefront of the online and mobile revolution, generating more revenue in percentage terms through digital platforms than the newspaper (4%), magazine (1%) and film industries (4%) combined.
- Single track downloads are up 24 per cent continue to drive the online market, but digital albums are also growing healthily (up 36%).
- A-la-carte music downloads continue to grow, with Amazon MP3 joining the European market, broadening consumer choice. An increasing number of stores are licensed to sell DRM-free music tracks. iTunes, the leading download store, has millions of DRM-free tracks available at flexible pricing points.
- Music companies are also increasingly licensing music to third parties. One notable success is the games sector, where music games were responsible for 15 per cent of overall game sales in the US. Guitar Hero and its sequels have sold more than 23 million copies in three years, generating more than US$1 billion in North America alone (PWC).
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will primarily serve the alternative rock bands and fans in the New York metro area. Over time, we expect that our bands will gain regional and national attention.
Simmons Research has found that alternative rock fans display the following demographic characteristics:
- Gender skew is fairly balanced…56% males, 44% females.
- Listeners tend to be well-educated, 41% more likely than the average adult to have attended or graduated from college.
- Listeners tend to be 40-50% more likely than the average adult to be a heavy radio listener.
- The majority of the audience remains firmly lodged in the 18-44 age range.
New York County, New York | |||
---|---|---|---|
Total | Male | Female | |
Total population | 1,644,518 | 778,476 | 866,042 |
AGE | |||
Under 5 years | 5.20% | 5.60% | 4.80% |
15 to 19 years | 4.30% | 4.20% | 4.40% |
20 to 24 years | 7.20% | 7.00% | 7.30% |
25 to 29 years | 12.10% | 11.90% | 12.40% |
30 to 34 years | 10.60% | 10.90% | 10.30% |
35 to 39 years | 8.00% | 8.30% | 7.60% |
40 to 44 years | 6.70% | 7.00% | 6.30% |
Customer Segmentation
With regards to alternative rock bands, we will focus on currently unsigned bands, independent artists and internet stars . Typically, the members of these bands are in their 20s and have getting signed, generating revenues and becoming famous as their primary goals.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following independent alternative rock record labels most directly compete with [Company Name]:
Fueled By Ramen
Fueled By Ramen is a record label based in New York City with an office in Tampa, Florida.
Fueled By Ramen released a self-titled EP from Jimmy Eat World, a five-song collection that proved a breakthrough for both the label and the Arizona-based band. With increased distribution demands and a rise in radio play, Fueled By Ramen set up its first real office space that same year.
Fall Out Boy’s Pete Wentz introduced Fueled By Ramen to fellow Chicago rock outfit The Academy Is… who released their acclaimed debut album Almost Here, the following year.
The label opened an office in midtown Manhattan and that same year Paramore’s album Riot! debuted in the Billboard Top 20, was certified gold and has recently gained platinum status. Panic at the Disco’s second album enjoyed similar success, debuting at number #2 on Billboard’s Top 200 chart, selling over 139,000 copies its first week and making it the fastest-selling album in the label’s history.
The following artists are currently signed to Fueled By Ramen:
- The Academy Is…
- The Cab
- Cobra Starship
- Cute Is What We Aim For
- Fall Out Boy
- Forgive Durden
- The Friday Night Boys
- Gym Class Heroes
- The Hush Sound
- Panic at the Disco
- Paramore
- Powerspace
- A Rocket to the Moon
- This Providence
- VersaEmerge
Caroline Records
Caroline Records started out as a subsidiary of Richard Branson’s Virgin Records label during the early to mid 1970s. The label originally specialized in putting out budget price LPs by mainly progressive rock and jazz artists generally not considered to have a great deal of ‘mainstream’ or commercial appeal, but were often however creatively of great interest.
The first release on the label, and the artist who gave it its name, was Carol Grimes’ ‘Warm Blood’ LP, released in 1974. The original label was a photographic style variation on that of the Virgin label’s “Twins” logo designed by Roger Dean.
Both the U.S. and U.K. branches of Caroline Records are subsidiaries of Caroline Music, which includes Caroline Distribution and is in turn owned by EMI. Caroline has or had a number of subsidiary labels including Astralwerks, Gyroscope, Caroline Blue Plate, Rocks the World, Scamp, and Passenger.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantage include:
- Location: [Company Name]’s location is within New York City giving it better proximity to NY alternative rock bands and the throngs of customers who enjoy this genre of music.
- Management: Our management team has years of business and marketing experience that allows us to market and serve both music artist and consumers in a much more sophisticated manner than our competitors.
- Relationships: Having been a part of the local alternative rock community for the past 5 years, [Founder’s Name] knows all of the local leaders, media and other influences. As such, it will be relatively easy for us to build branding and awareness of our independent record label.
VI. Marketing Plan
The Marketing Plan describes the type of brand [Company Name] seeks to create and the Company’s planned promotions and pricing strategies.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Offering high-quality service to independent alternative rock bands.
- Offering high-quality bands and music to alternative rock fans.
- Providing excellent customer service and allowing fans to get exciting experiences with their favorite independent alternative rock bands.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects to reach consumers through the following tactics:
Direct E-Mail
[Company Name] will collect physical email address at alternative rock concerts and via the websites of the bands it signs. It will market music (CDs, MP3s), concert tickets and merchandise to these consumers via email.
Public Relations
We will contact all local and area newspapers and television stations to tell them about each of our artists.
Advertising
[Company Name] will advertise in local newspapers and sponsor community events in order to gain awareness of our bands.
Sampling
[Company Name] will provide free tracks to customers to enable them to hear samples of our bands.
Ongoing Customer Communications
[Company Name] will maintain a website and publish a monthly email newsletter to tell customers about new events, products and more.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be moderate so customers feel they receive great value when purchasing items from the bands we represent.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
In order to execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the Company needs to perform many functions including the following:
Administrative Functions
- General & Administrative functions including legal, marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Hiring and training staff
Artist Representation Functions
- Finding/recruiting bands
- Negotiating contracts
- Promoting band events and products
- Managing concerts and tours
- Music development (recording studio management, etc.)
Retail Functions
- Product development (e.g., manufacturing merchandise)
- Product sales (direct via internet, and recruiting distributors)
- Customer support functions
Milestones
[Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Sign first band |
[Date 2] | Reach $X in sales |
[Date 3] | Sign [] band |
[Date 4] | Reach $Y in sales |
[Date 5] | Sign [] band |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in the music business for 3 years. While [Founder] has never run an independent record label himself, he has been active in the industry for many years as a listener and as an intern at Alternative Rock Station WCDS in New York City
[Founder] graduated from the University of ABC where he majored in Communications.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will supported by a team of experienced music professionals. As the Company grows, we will need to hire the following personnel:
- Director of Operations
- Director of Marketing
- General Manager
- Assistant Manager
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come from the sale of:
- Music (CDs/MP3s)
- Merchandise
- Concert tickets
The major costs for the company will be music and merchandise production costs, distribution costs and staff salaries of the staff.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $370,000 to launch its store. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures, manpower costs, marketing expenses and working capital.
[Company Name] is currently seeking $100,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Build-out and Startup costs: $25,350
- Salaries: $45,000
- Marketing: $20,000
- Lease expenditures: $12,000
Key Assumptions & Forecasts
Below please find the key assumptions that went into the financial forecast and a summary of the financial projections over the next five years.
Number of artists represented | |
---|---|
Year 1 | 6 |
Year 2 | 18 |
Year 3 | 34 |
Year 4 | 50 |
Year 5 | 66 |
Number of sales per day | Per artist |
Year 1 | 5 |
Year 2 | 6 |
Year 3 | 7 |
Year 4 | 8 |
Year 5 | 9 |
Total number of orders | |
Year 1 | 2,700 |
Year 2 | 9,316 |
Year 3 | 20,234 |
Year 4 | 34,220 |
Year 5 | 51,946 |
Average order price | $12.00 |
Annual increase in order price | 5% |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Real Estate Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Real Estate Business Plan & Example
If you want to start a real estate business or expand your existing real estate business, you need a business plan.
The following real estate business plan template and example give you the key elements to include in a winning real estate business plan or a real estate agent business plan. In addition, a business plan template for real estate businesses lays out your goals, challenges, and plans for meeting your goals.
Real Estate Business Plan Example
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample real estate business plan (if you’d like a real estate investment business plan template, go here.)
- Executive Summary – The executive summary is the first section of your real estate business plan and should give a brief overview of your business plan. It should include your company’s mission statement, a brief description of your products or services, your target market, and how you plan to succeed.
- Company Overview – The company overview section of your business plan should include a brief description of your company, your legal structure, your business model, your products or services, and your mission statement.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis section of your business plan should give a brief overview of the real estate industry, including statistics on the size of the industry, growth trends, and major players.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your target market, including statistics on the size of the market, growth trends, and major segments.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your competitors, including their products or services, their market share, and their marketing efforts.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your marketing strategies to generate leads, including your property listings and services, your pricing strategy, your distribution channels, and your marketing budget.
- Operations Plan – The operations plan section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your agency’s day-to-day operations, including your office procedures, your on-site procedures, and your customer service procedures.
- Management Team – The management team section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your team, including their experience, their qualifications, and their roles in your agency.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan section of your business plan should give a brief overview of your financial projections, including your income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement.
Aquaponics Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Aquaponics Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Aquaponics business or expand your current Aquaponics business, you need a business plan.
The following Aquaponics business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Aquaponics business plan. It can be used for an aquaponics farming business plan or a commercial aquaponics business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful Aquaponics business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Aquaponics Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Eyelash Extension Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Eyelash Extension Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Eyelash Extension business or expand your current Eyelash Extension business, you need a business plan.
The following Eyelash Extension business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Eyelash Extension business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Eyelash Extension business plan:
Eyelash Extension Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Mobile App Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Mobile App Business Plan
If you have a mobile app startup or want to expand your current mobile app business, you clearly need a business plan.
The following mobile app business plan template and example give you the key elements to include in a winning plan.
Mobile App Business Plan Example
Below are links to a sample of each of the key sections of a solid business plan for a mobile app development company:
- Executive Summary – The Executive Summary provides an overview of the mobile app business and its goals. If you are seeking funding, this is the first section that a potential investor or lender will read, so it should be compelling.
- Company Overview – In this section of your business plan, you should provide a detailed description of your mobile app business including the history, mobile app concept, business model, mission statement, and the company’s growth plan.
- Industry Analysis – In the Industry Analysis section, you will describe the mobile app industry including recent developments, market research and trends, and the competitive landscape.
- Customer Analysis – The Customer Analysis section of a business plan for an app will provide details about your target audience including their demographics, needs, and preferences.
- Competitive Analysis – In the Competitive Analysis section, you will provide information about the strengths and weaknesses of your direct competitors (other mobile app businesses) and how you will establish your competitive advantage to gain market share.
- Marketing Plan – The Marketing Plan will detail the monetization strategy for your mobile application and how your company will promote your mobile apps and/or development services. This includes a comprehensive digital marketing strategy to reach your target customers on multiple platforms (Google Play, Apple Store, etc.).
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan outlines the day-to-day operations of your mobile app business. This includes information about how you will manage your team and develop, launch, and support your mobile applications.
- Management Team – In the Management Team section, you will outline the qualifications and experience of your executive team members and advisory team.
- Financial Plan – The Financial Plan section will include a 5-year financial model and projections (income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement). This is important to show potential investors and lenders that you have a viable plan for the mobile app business.
Drug Rehabilitation Center Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Drug Rehabilitation Center Business Plan Template
If you want to start a drug rehabilitation center business or expand your current drug rehabilitation center business, you need a business plan.
The following Drug Rehabilitation Center business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Drug Rehabilitation Center business plan. In addition to this template, a solid plan will also include market research to help you better understand market trends, your competitive advantage and your target customers.
Drug Rehabilitation Center Business Plan Example
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Drug Rehabilitation Center business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
ATM Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
ATM Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful ATM business or expand your current ATM machine business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of ATM business plans.
The following ATM business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For ATM Businesses
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful ATM business.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity, key objectives, business goals and unique value proposition. It also summarizes all other section of the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis includes information about your business concept, business model, ATM locations and services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the ATM industry, including key players, trends, and target market size.
IV. Customer Analysis– The market analysis provides an overview of your target market and customer segments.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day ATM operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner, key personnel and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet. It should also include an overview of your operational costs and startup expenses.
Plumbing Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Plumbing Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful plumbing business or expand your existing plumbing business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of plumbing business plans.
The following plumbing business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For Plumbing Businesses
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new residential plumbing business located in [location]. We are committed to providing the highest quality plumbing services in the area and creating connections with customers that last a lifetime. Some of the services we provide include clearing clogged drains, repairing and replacing faucets and sinks, installing and maintaining sump pumps and water heaters, and providing emergency services. We are [location]’s friendly neighborhood plumbers who can tackle any plumbing concern that our customers have.
Services
[Company Name] provides a variety of residential plumbing services to the homes and apartment buildings of [location]. These services include, but are not limited to:
- Clogged drains
- Faucet and sink repair and replacement
- Sewer and septic conversion
- Sewer inspections
- Garbage disposal repair
- Sump pump installation and maintenance
- Water heater repair and installation
- Water treatment
- Emergency services
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve the residents and homeowners of [location] and the surrounding area. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 92,021 residents
- 39% married
- 32% with children under 18
- 55% homeowners
- Median age of 41
These demographics serve our company well. With such a large population of homeowners, many residents will need a local plumber to keep their plumbing fixtures and sewer systems intact. [Company Name] can provide homeowners with any routine or emergency plumbing services they need.
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been a plumber for [X] years. Throughout his career, he has performed a variety of plumbing services for hundreds of customers living in the [location] area. He has conducted much of this work for other plumbing companies and is now eager to utilize his experience and connections for his own business.
Though he has never run his own business, [Founder’s Name] has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the operations (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.) sides of the industry. He also already has a starting customer base that he served while working for other plumbing companies.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The company will be providing a valuable service for homeowners who are in need of plumbing services.
- [Founder’s Name] has a track record of success in the plumbing industry and already has a loyal client base.
- [Company Name] will provide high-quality plumbing for a moderate price.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $470,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $150,000
- Vehicle purchase and maintenance: $50,000
- Equipment and initial supplies: $150,000
- Working capital: $120,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a new residential plumbing business located in [location]. We are committed to providing the highest quality plumbing services in the area and creating connections with customers that last a lifetime. Some of the services we provide include clearing clogged drains, repairing and replacing faucets and sinks, installing and maintaining sump pumps and water heaters, and providing emergency services. We are [location]’s friendly neighborhood plumbers who can tackle any plumbing concern that our customers have.
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has been a plumber for [X] years. He has spent his career working for a variety of local plumbing businesses, including some of [Company Name]’s direct competitors. Now with years of experience under his belt and a loyal client base, [Founder’s Name] is ready to create his own business and hire highly skilled plumbers at his side.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] has spent the past year researching what it takes to create his own business and expand on his client base. He has analyzed the costs, market, demographics, and local competition. [Founder’s Name] has compiled enough information to develop his business plan in order to approach investors.
After completing his research, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] on [date of incorporation] as an S-corporation. The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name]’s home, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s office location is finalized, all operations will be run from there. He currently uses his personal vehicle to drive to clients’ homes but will purchase a van that will be used specifically for the business.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found a commercial space and signed a Letter of Intent to lease it.
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website].
- Planned the suite of services to be offered.
- Determined equipment, supplies, and materials needed.
- Begun recruiting key employees and experienced plumbers.
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] provides a variety of residential plumbing services to the homes and apartment buildings of [location]. These services include, but are not limited to:
- Clogged drains
- Faucet and sink repair and replacement
- Sewer and septic conversion
- Sewer inspections
- Garbage disposal repair
- Sump pump installation and maintenance
- Water heater repair and installation
- Water treatment
- Emergency services
III. Industry Analysis
As long as buildings have indoor plumbing, there will be a demand for plumbers. Plumbers are essential workers who help to maintain the plumbing and sewer systems in homes, commercial buildings, and across cities. Without their tools, skills, and expertise, the modern world would not have the intricate and complex plumbing system that keeps civilization running.
Therefore, the demand for plumbers remains strong and continues to grow. According to IBISWorld, the plumber industry has grown 2.3% per year over the past five years, and that growth is expected to continue for the foreseeable future. This growth shows that the industry has promise and that it is a good time to start a new plumbing business.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the community residents of [location] and its surrounding areas.
The area we service is suburban, with 55% owning homes. A large portion of these homes are decades old, so they need constant maintenance on their plumbing fixtures. This means a sizable portion of the local population will require our services at some point.
Customer Segmentation
[Company Name] will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Homeowners: We will primarily market our services to new and veteran homeowners who need a friendly plumber to help them with all their plumbing needs. [Company Name] will market itself as a convenient option that can provide multiple services, so they don’t need to call multiple plumbers for help.
- Residents 55 and older: Residents who are near their golden years usually don’t have the time, energy, or ability to keep their house in good repair. When they have major plumbing projects to tackle, they need an experienced plumber who is on-call and provides quick and friendly services. We will market our outstanding customer service to show that we are the best business for all their plumbing needs.
- Landlords/Property management companies: Companies and individuals who rent out homes and small multi-family complexes need on-call plumbers they can trust. Our team has the experience and skill to handle these projects and can be over soon after an emergency occurs.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following plumbing companies operate within a 10-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition:
Emergency Plumbers, Inc
Emergency Plumbers, Inc is one of the top plumbing services for people who experience a plumbing emergency. They are on-call 24/7 and can dispatch a plumber in as little as a few minutes. So whether your sump pump isn’t working during a storm or you have no hot water, Emergency Plumbers will be there shortly to fix the problem.
Though Emergency Plumbers will continue to thrive, the company does not offer routine maintenance and repair services. They strictly focus on emergency situations. Therefore, they will not be a major competitor for most of our business.
Mr. Smith Plumbing
Mr. Smith Plumbing has been a major competitor nationwide for decades and has a very recognizable brand. The company offers a wide variety of plumbing services from routine maintenance and repairs to emergency services. When plumbing issues occur, many people think of Mr. Smith Plumbing first.
Though Mr. Smith Plumbing will continue to thrive, the company lacks affordable pricing and good customer service, which prevents customers from coming back. [Company Name] will have far more affordable services and aim to create lasting connections with customers.
Plumbing And More LLC
Established in 2005, Plumbing And More LLC set out to be the best local plumbing business around. Customers can expect high-quality plumbing work paired with excellent customer service. Plumbing and More’s most popular services include water pressure checks, water heater maintenance and repair, and sump pump maintenance.
Though Plumbing And More LLC will continue to thrive, the company has received numerous complaints that have tarnished its reputation in recent years. Therefore, it is no longer seen as the friendly neighborhood plumbing business it once was. This is an excellent opportunity for [Company Name] to fill this role.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. Those advantages include:
- Customer-Focus: [Company Name]’s plumbers provide the highest quality customer service focused on transparency, communication, and responsiveness throughout the process, from the initial inquiry to the follow-up once the project is completed.
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the plumbing industry and will be able to use his previous experience to help clients with whatever they need. His unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than many of [Company Name]’s competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived and worked in the community for decades, [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local residents and has already established a loyal clientele from his years working for other competitors. These relationships will provide the company’s initial clientele and help our business through word-of-mouth marketing.
VI. Marketing Plan
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a high-quality, friendly, and convenient plumbing business. Clients can expect to receive the best plumbing services from skilled professionals as well as top-tier customer service.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Client-focused plumbing services, where the company’s interests are aligned with the customer.
- Service is built on long-term relationships and personal attention.
- Professional industrial experience in a small business setting.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be individuals within a 10-mile radius of its location. [Company Name]’s promotion strategy to reach these potential customers includes:
Referrals
[Company Name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The company will encourage its clients to refer other individuals by providing discounts on future services for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness over time.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest in developing a professional website that displays all of the services offered by the company. It will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Social Media
[Company Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographic.
Publications
[Company Name] will advertise its services in key local publications, including newspapers and area magazines. Additionally, the company will print brochures and place them in specific locations frequented by target individuals.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket neighborhoods in the area with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], its services, and promotional discounts.
Billboards
[Company Name] will secure a billboard in the area that captures the attention of residents. The billboard will draw attention to the new business and its service offerings.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be estimated on a project basis. The pricing will be determined by the equipment and tools needed and the amount of labor required to finish the job. Pricing will be moderate and less expensive than our competitors, but more expensive than lower-quality, efficiency-driven plumbing businesses.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will need to fulfill the following functional roles to execute its business plan and ensure the company’s success:
Service Functions
- Plumbing services, including maintenance, repairs, and installations
- Customer service
- Scheduling of plumbing services
- Quoting and invoice creation
- Equipment maintenance and upkeep
- Purchasing of equipment and tools
Administrative Functions
- Social media management
- Website management
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- Hiring and training staff
- Maintenance functions
- Other general administrative functions
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been a plumber for [X] years. Throughout his career, he has performed a variety of plumbing services for hundreds of customers living in the [location] area. He has conducted much of this work for other plumbing companies and is now eager to utilize his experience and connections for his own business.
Though he has never run his own business, [Founder’s Name] has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the operations (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.) sides of the industry. He also already has a starting customer base that he served while working for other plumbing companies.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the Owner and Manager of [Company Name]. In order to launch, he needs to hire the following personnel:
- Assistant Managers (1 to start)
- Administrative Staff (1 to start)
- Plumbers (2 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenue will primarily come from providing plumbing services to local homeowners. Pricing will be determined by the services required, equipment and tools needed, and scope of the project.
The main cost drivers for [Company Name] will be labor expenses, marketing, and lease for the office space.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $470,000 to launch. The funds will be used for capital expenditures, office build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $150,000
- Vehicle purchase and maintenance: $50,000
- Equipment and initial supplies: $150,000
- Working capital: $120,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of Clients | Average |
---|---|
FY 1 | 100 |
FY 2 | 120 |
FY 3 | 150 |
FY 4 | 200 |
FY 5 | 225 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Podcast Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Podcast Business Plan Template
If you want to start a podcast business or expand your current podcasting business, you need a business plan.
The following Podcast business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Podcast business plan.
Example Business Plan For Podcasts
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful podcast.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides a summary of your business plan, a podcast overview, an explanation of the business opportunity, mission statement and your business objectives.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis includes information about your business concept, podcast episodes and content and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the Podcast industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer analysis provides an overview of your target audience.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Mortgage Broker Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Mortgage Broker Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Mortgage Broker business or expand your current Mortgage Broker business, you need a business plan.
The following Mortgage Broker business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning loan officer business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample mortgage broker business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Convenience Store Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Convenience Store Business Plan
If you want to start a convenience store or expand your current business, you need a business plan.
The following sample business plan and template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. It can be used to create a convenience store start up business plan or a plan to grow your existing business.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful convenience store business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Accounting Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Accounting Business Plan Template
If you want to start an accounting business or expand your current accounting business, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning accounting business plan.
Example Business Plan For Accounting Firms
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful accounting firm.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis includes information about your business concept, accounting services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the accounting industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage over other accounting businesses.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on the accounting company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and accounting firm management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes all financial statements, including financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Dry Cleaning Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Dry Cleaning Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful dry cleaning business or expand your current dry cleaning service, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of dry cleaning business plans.
The following dry cleaning business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For Dry Cleaning Businesses
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new dry cleaner located in the heart of [Location]. Our mission is to provide high-quality dry cleaning services that are environmentally friendly. Unlike our competitors, we don’t use any toxic chemicals in any of our services. We use environmentally friendly solvents to keep our customers’ clothes in perfect condition without harming the environment. We aim to be one of the finest dry cleaning businesses in the area and guarantee that every garment will be in better condition than when the customer dropped it off.
Services
We are a local dry cleaner business that provides dry cleaning services for individuals living in or near [Location]. We can clean any garment that requires dry cleaning, including suits, gowns, other professional wear, and household fabrics (such as table linens and sheets).
Our services are priced on a case-by-case basis, depending on the quantity and type of fabric that needs to be cleaned. Customers can call our business or check out our website to get a quote.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve the residents who live near [Location]. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 205,000 residents
- 86,018 workers
- Average income of $60,000
- 44.1% married
- 39% in Mgt./Professional occupations
- Median age: 35 years
Management Team
[Company Name] is headed by its founder, [Founder’s Name]. She has worked at a local dry cleaner for [X] years as an Assistant Manager. Her experience at this job has given her extensive knowledge of the industry, dry cleaning techniques, and customer service. As a manager, she also gained in-depth knowledge and experience in the operations and management aspects of running a business.
In addition to her experience, she recently graduated from [University] with a degree in Business Administration. So, despite never running a business herself, [Founder’s Name]’s experience and education have given her the skills needed to succeed with [Company Name].
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed for the following reasons:
- [Company Name] will fill a specific market niche in the growing community we are entering. We are the only dry cleaner in town that is committed to providing environmentally friendly services.
- In addition, we have surveyed the local population and received extremely positive feedback saying that they explicitly want to make use of our services when launched.
- Dry cleaners are a proven, successful business in the United States.
- The management team has a track record of success in the industry.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $250,000 to launch. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses, and working capital. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $150,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a new dry cleaner located in the heart of [Location]. Our mission is to provide high-quality dry cleaning services that are environmentally friendly. Unlike our competitors, we don’t use any toxic chemicals in any of our services. We use environmentally friendly solvents to keep our customers’ clothes in perfect condition without harming the environment. We aim to be one of the finest dry cleaning businesses in the area and guarantee that every garment will be in better condition than when the customer dropped it off.
[Company Name]’s History
After graduating from [University], [Founder’s Name] immediately began researching the local market and planning out her ideas for a dry cleaner business. [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation]. The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name] private office, but once the build-out on [Company Name]’s retail location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found a location and signed a Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Determined equipment and inventory requirements
- Began recruiting key employees
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
We are a local dry cleaner business that provides dry cleaning services for individuals living in or near [Location]. We can clean any garment that requires dry cleaning, including suits, gowns, other professional wear, and household fabrics (such as table linens and sheets).
Our services are priced on a case-by-case basis, depending on the quantity and type of fabric that needs to be cleaned. Customers can call our business or check out our website to get a quote.
III. Industry Analysis
The dry cleaner industry has been an essential industry for several decades. Many professionals and individuals need to wear high-quality fabrics that cannot be cleaned easily through traditional means. Dry cleaning cleans these delicate fabrics to perfection without causing any damage, wear, or tear.
The dry cleaner industry is thriving and is expected to continue its success throughout the next few years. The industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 3.4% over the next five years. As people continue to live their busy lives, they will continue to depend on dry cleaners and other laundry services to keep their clothes clean and in perfect condition. Therefore, we expect the industry to continue to grow for the foreseeable future.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the residents within [Location] and the immediately surrounding areas.
A demographic profile of the area is as follows:
Wilmette | Winnetka | |
---|---|---|
Total Population | 26,097 | 10,725 |
Square Miles | 6.89 | 3.96 |
Population Density | 3,789.20 | 2,710.80 |
Population Male | 48.04% | 48.84% |
Population Female | 51.96% | 51.16% |
Target Population by Age Group | ||
Age 18-24 | 3.68% | 3.52% |
Age 25-34 | 5.22% | 4.50% |
Age 35-44 | 13.80% | 13.91% |
Age 45-54 | 18.09% | 18.22% |
Target Population by Income | ||
Income $50,000 to $74,999 | 11.16% | 6.00% |
Income $75,000 to $99,999 | 10.91% | 4.41% |
Income $100,000 to $124,999 | 9.07% | 6.40% |
Income $125,000 to $149,999 | 9.95% | 8.02% |
Income $150,000 to $199,999 | 12.20% | 11.11% |
Income $200,000 and Over | 32.48% | 54.99% |
Customer Segmentation
We will primarily target the following customer segments:
- Families: [Location] currently has a growing population of families. Families have complex laundry needs and often have many garments and household fabrics that can only be dry cleaned.
- Professionals: These are individuals who are residing on their own and are working full-time jobs with disposable income to pay for dry cleaning services.
- Upper-class individuals: Individuals with higher incomes typically have jobs that require them to wear suits or other garments that can only be dry cleaned. [Location] has a large population of individuals who are considered upper class.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following establishments are located within a ten-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Cascade Dry Cleaners
Cascade Dry Cleaners is a local small dry cleaner that offers affordable services for the residents of [Location]. They can clean anything that requires dry cleaning, including ball gowns, suits, and linens. They also offer tailoring and alterations for an additional fee. The business is open nearly 24/7 so anyone who is interested in their services can drop off their garments any time.
All American Laundromat
All American Laundromat offers a variety of laundry services. Their services include: Coin-operated washers & dryers, dry cleaning, and wash and fold services. Their main clientele includes multifamily housing, colleges and universities, and hotels. They have three locations in the area.
Super Dry Cleaning
Super Dry Cleaning offers affordable dry cleaning services to anyone living or working near downtown [Location]. They can clean any garment that comes into their store and guarantee speedy service. Customers can choose to pick up their clothes when they are ready or get them delivered for an additional charge.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Location: [Company Name]’s location is near the center of town, giving us access to commuters, local office workers, and nearby residents.
- Management: Our management team has years of business and industry experience that allows us to market to and serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than our competitors.
- Environmentally-friendly services: [Company Name] is committed to providing dry cleaning services that are nontoxic and environmentally friendly. We are the only dry cleaner in the area that is committed to providing these services.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Commitment to environmentally friendly services
- Well-trained staff that prioritizes customer satisfaction
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Thorough knowledge of the industry
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name]’s promotions strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket businesses and homes within the city with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], offer discounts and provide other inducements for people to use our services.
Billboard Advertising
We will drive attention toward [Company Name] by leasing a billboard alongside [route or highway]. Advertising on heavily traveled commute routes is an opportunity to alert large numbers of individuals who are in need of dry cleaning to our opening.
Customer Loyalty Programs
[Company Name] will create a winning customer loyalty program to keep our best clients coming back again and again. In addition, we will send periodic, regular emails and text messages to customers. These communications will (a) ensure that customers are satisfied with our services and (b) remind customers after a certain period of time has passed that they may need to utilize our services again. Long-term customers will have the opportunity to participate in the loyalty program, and referrals will be rewarded as well.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will develop a professional website that displays pictures of our locations and lists the services we provide. We will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results. [Company Name] will also publish frequent newsletters and blogs to educate our customers on promotions and discounts.
Social Media
[Founder’s Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. The company will use targeted marketing to appeal to our target demographics.
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening the shop, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective customers, local merchants, and press contacts. These events will create buzz and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be competitive so customers feel they receive great value when utilizing our dry cleaning services. Customers can expect to receive personalized attention when visiting our location.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
In order to execute [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform many functions including the following:
Administrative Functions
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- General administrative functions
- Hiring and training staff
Service Functions
- Providing excellent customer service
- Billing for services
- Dry cleaning clothing and garments
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is headed by its founder, [Founder’s Name]. She has worked at a local dry cleaner for [X] years as an Assistant Manager. Her experience at this job has given her extensive knowledge of the industry, dry cleaning techniques, and customer service. As a manager, she also gained in-depth knowledge and experience in the operations and management aspects of running a business.
In addition to her experience, she recently graduated from [University] with a degree in Business Administration. So, despite never running a business herself, [Founder’s Name]’s experience and education have given her the skills needed to succeed with [Company Name].
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Manager of [Company Name]. In order to launch, it needs to hire the following personnel:
- Assistant Manager (1 to start)
- Staff (3 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from providing dry cleaning services.
The lease of the business space, supplies, and labor expenses are the key cost drivers of [Company Name]. Ongoing marketing expenditures will also be a notable cost driver for [Company Name], especially in the first few years as the business gets established in the market.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $250,000 to launch. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses, and working capital. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $150,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of customers per day | Per location |
---|---|
FY 1 | 100 |
FY 2 | 120 |
FY 3 | 140 |
FY 4 | 165 |
FY 5 | 190 |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $60,000 |
Yearly Lease Increase % | 2.50% |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Bookstore Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Bookstore Business Plan
If you want to start a new bookstore or expand your current bookstore, you need a business plan.
The following bookstore business plan gives you the key elements to include in your own successful business plan. It can be used to create a traditional bookstore business plan or a plan for a used bookstore, religious bookstore, vintage bookstore, specialty bookstore, online bookstore, and many other types of independent bookstores.
Sample Bookstore Business Plan
Below are links to each of the key sections of a comprehensive business plan:
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides a brief overview of your own bookstore and your value proposition.
- Company Overview – The company analysis includes a detailed description of your bookstore, its products and services, and legal structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into local market trends and the book industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market, its customer segments, their demographics and purchasing habits.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors, including other bookstores, and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – A detailed marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy for book sales, and digital marketing strategies for reaching your target customers.
- Operations Plan – The operations plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes as well as your long-term business goals.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the business owner(s), their experience and individual responsibilities.
- Financial Plan– The financial plan includes full financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Technology Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Technology Business Plan Template
If you want to start a technology business or expand your current technology business, you need a business plan.
The following Technology business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Technology business plan.
Technology Business Plan Sample
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located in [Location] is a new technology company that focuses on developing and commercializing new artificial intelligence (AI) technology applications designed for small-to-medium sized businesses. The company has created proprietary technology that helps businesses improve their profitability by using AI to increase customer engagement. [Company Name] aims to be the next big technology company in the AI space.
Products Served
[Company Name] will showcase a variety of different applications for its AI technology that companies can start using to see an increase in customer engagement from day one. Businesses will be able to choose the platform package that works for them, based on a freemium subscription pricing structure.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will initially serve businesses within a 30-mile radius of [Location]. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 1,500 businesses
- Under 100 employees (average is 42)
- Privately held companies
- Top represented sector: retail stores
- Average annual payroll for firms with 20-99 employees of $1.3M
Of the above mentioned businesses, many are startups or looking to expand their reach, thus would benefit from technology that can increase their customer base.
[Founder Name] has a bachelor’s degree in technology. She is certified in artificial intelligence and machine learning. [Founder] has over [x] years of experience working as a senior software engineer prior to starting [Company Name].
[Company Name] will also employ an experienced assistant to work as a business analyst and help with various administrative duties around the office.
Management Team
[Founder Name] has a bachelor’s degree in technology. She is certified in artificial intelligence and machine learning. [Founder] has over [x] years of experience working as a senior software engineer prior to starting [Company Name].
[Company Name] will also employ an experienced assistant to work as a business analyst and help with various administrative duties around the office.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The company will be providing a valuable solution to businesses seeking a way to increase their customer engagement through innovative AI technology.
- [Company Name] will fill a specific market niche in the growing community of [Location]. In addition, [Founder] has surveyed local businesses and received extremely positive feedback saying that they explicitly want to make use of [Company Name]’s AI solution when launched.
- The location is in an economically vibrant area where new businesses are starting at a fast rate.
- The local area is currently underserved and has few technology companies offering specific solutions to increase customer engagement.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $200,000 of debt capital to open its office. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $40,000
- Software development: $90,000
- Working capital: $70,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located in [Location], is a newly established technology company that focuses on developing and commercializing new artificial intelligence (AI) technology applications designed for small-to-medium sized businesses. The company has created proprietary technology that helps businesses improve their profitability by using AI to increase customer engagement. [Company Name] aims to be the next big technology company in the AI space for business use.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name], a seasoned software engineer with a bachelor’s degree in technology. She is certified in artificial intelligence and machine learning. [Founder] has over [x] years of experience working as a senior software engineer prior to starting [Company Name].
[Founder] began researching what it would take to create her own technology company and did a thorough analysis on the costs, market, demographics, and competition. [Founder] has compiled enough information to develop her business plan in order to approach investors.
[Company Name]’s History
Once her market analysis was complete, [Founder’s Name] began surveying the local vacant office space and located an ideal location to house the technology company. [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as a Limited Liability Corporation on [date of incorporation].
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Located available office space for rent that is in a busy commercial district
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Determined equipment and necessary supplies
- Began recruiting key employees
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
The following are the services that [Company Name] will provide:
- AI Hardware
- Marketing AI Software
- Customer Relationship Management AI Software
- Customer Support AI Software
- Technology Training: Training sessions on how to use the AI solutions and integrate them into their businesses
III. Industry Analysis
The global technology industry is valued at approximately $5.2T. Of all countries worldwide, the United States currently has the largest technology market, with 32% of the market share at $1.7T. The technology industry in the U.S. accounts for a large part of the nation’s economy.
The Information Technology market can be segmented by categories such as software, devices and infrastructure IT and business services, emerging technology, and telecom services. In the United States, IT and business services hold the greatest market share (30%), followed by software (20%) and telecom services (20%).
Market drivers include the economy, employment rates, and the digital transformation of daily life for a growing number of people and businesses worldwide. Corporations and organizations are seeking IT service providers that can help improve their software, cybersecurity, data, and infrastructure. Technology companies that can provide products and services that cater to these issues can be competitive in the constantly evolving market.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the small and medium sized businesses of [Location] and surrounding areas.
Many small businesses in the community are startups or established enterprises looking to expand their reach, thus would benefit from technology that can increase their customer engagement.
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Startups: Businesses who have been in operation for two years or less often need help acquiring new customers and thus make an excellent target market for [Company Name]’s AI solution.
- Small businesses: The area has a lot of small businesses with less than 100 employees. Many of these businesses are looking for ways to increase their customer engagement through new technology applications.
- Medium sized businesses: The Company will also target medium-sized businesses (up to 500 employees) looking to improve their customer acquisition and retention through technology.
V. Competitive Analysis
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
The following businesses are located within a 30-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Direct & Indirect Competitors
Tekuserv
Tekuserv has been a reliable technology company in [Location] for more than fifteen years. The company is known for its wide range of technology solutions that serves many small-to-medium sized businesses. With its large number of experts focused on delivering customer satisfaction, the organization maintains its high standard of developing quality products and providing exceptional customer service. Tekuserv provides business software on a freemium subscription basis. It develops enterprise technology solutions with a focus on customer relationship management.
Prime IA Business Solutions
Prime AI Business Solutions is a technology development company in [Location]. In business for several years, the company has developed highly rated AI solutions used by many well-known businesses in a variety of industries. Prime AI Business Solutions now offers a range of AI hardware and software products geared towards helping businesses of all sizes increase their customer base. The company has also introduced a “pay-as-you-grow” pricing model that scales to provide users with more support as they scale up.
AICE Developments
AICE stands for Artificial Intelligence for Customer Engagement. AICE Developments is also a local technology company that manufactures and distributes a variety of technology products. AICE Developments was established in 2009 at [Location], providing integrated AI applications and platform services. Its products include applications and infrastructure offerings delivered through various IT deployment models, including on-premise deployments, cloud-based deployments, and hybrid deployments. The company serves automotive, financial services, healthcare, hospitality, retail, utilities, construction, etc. It provides AI solutions for enterprise marketing and customer engagement.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. Those advantages include:
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the technology industry and will be able to use her previous experience to provide the best service experience. Her unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Name]’s competitors.
- Relationships: [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, business managers, and other influencers within [Location]. With her [x] years of experience and good relationships with business leaders in the area, she will be able to develop an initial client base.
- Proprietary technology: The company has developed proprietary AI technology that will be used to add new data sources, expand on valuable insights, launch advanced features like benchmarking, provide predictive and prescriptive analytics, and ensure self-guided data discovery.
- Client-oriented service: [Company Name] will have full-time customer service and sales managers to keep in contact with clients and answer their everyday questions.
VI. Marketing Plan
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a high-quality source of AI solutions for practical business applications. Clients can expect to receive the best technology on the market from skilled developers in [Location] and customized customer support, training, and troubleshooting services.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Big-firm expertise in a small-firm environment
- Thorough knowledge of the clients and their varying needs
- Proprietary technology developed by skilled software engineers
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its initial target market to be businesses within a 30-mile radius of its location. [The Company]’s promotion strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Targeted Cold Calls
[Company name] will initially invest significant time and energy into contacting potential clients via telephone. In order to improve the effectiveness of this phase of the marketing strategy, a highly-focused call list will be used, targeting startups and small businesses. As this is a very time-consuming process, it will primarily be used during the startup phase to build an initial client base.
Referrals
[Company name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The company will encourage its clients to refer other businesses by providing economic or financial incentives for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness after the business has already been established.
Additionally, [Company Name] will aggressively network with business incubators, small business development centers, small business accountants, and others in a position to work with small businesses and startups. This network will generate referral leads.
Social Media
[Company Name] will invest heavily in a social media advertising campaign. The brand manager will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographics.
Publications
The company will place print advertisements in key local publications, including newspapers, area magazines, and business newsletters. Additionally, [Company Name] will print brochures and place them in specific locations frequented by target individuals, such as small business development centers.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest heavily in developing a professional website that displays all of the features and benefits of the technology company. It will also invest heavily in SEO so that the brand’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket businesses with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], offer discounts, and/or provide other incentives for companies to use the AI platform.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be on par with competitors so clients feel they receive great value when purchasing the technology.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will carry out its day-to-day operations primarily on an appointment basis. Clients will make appointments for product demonstrations, interview sessions to gather information for proposals, and further meetings throughout client engagements. These will often occur at the company office location to remove clients from the distractions of their business. In-process meetings may occur on-site at the client’s business in order to increase the strength of the client relationship. If necessary, appointments can be conducted over the telephone.
[Founder’s Name] will work on an as-needed basis, but can be expected to be present in the office during normal business hours. The company will also employ an assistant/analyst who will staff the office during normal business hours and support marketing and client relationship development efforts.
Administrative and Service Functions
- General and administrative functions including marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Technology and AI software development
Software and customer support</3>Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to the company’s vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date Milestone [Date 1] Finalize lease agreement [Date 2] Design and build out [Company Name] [Date 3] Hire and train initial staff [Date 4] Kickoff of promotional campaign [Date 5] Launch [Company Name] [Date 6] Reach break-even VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
Management Team Members
[Founder Name] has a bachelor’s degree in technology. She is certified in artificial intelligence and machine learning. [Founder] has over [x] years of experience working as a senior software engineer prior to starting [Company Name].
[Company Name] will also employ an experienced assistant to work as a business analyst and help with various administrative duties around the office.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Owner and Manager of [Company Name]. In order to launch, she needs to hire the following personnel:
- Software engineer: 1 full-time employee to manage the software development process operations and assist [Founder] with managerial duties.
- Brand manager: 1 full-time employee who will be responsible for managing all marketing and advertising initiatives, maintaining the company website, and updating social media accounts regularly.
- Office staff: 3-4 employees who will manage the phone calls, scheduling, accounting, marketing, clerical, bookkeeping, billing, and any administrative task required.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from its technology solution subscription sales. The company will use a freemium subscription model, in which basic functions can be used by any company for free. Additional solutions and support will be available in a tiered package model based on the enterprises’ size and number of users.
The office lease, equipment, supplies, and labor expenses will be the key cost drivers of [Company Name]. The major cost drivers for the company’s operation will consist of:
- Salaries
- Technology development supplies and equipment
- Business Insurance
- Lease on business location and utilities
- Taxes
Ongoing marketing expenditures are also notable cost drivers for [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $200,000 of debt capital to open its office.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $40,000
- Software development: $90,000
- Working capital: $70,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of clients Year 1 42 Year 2 63 Year 3 96 Year 4 162 Year 5 243 Annual rent $36,000 5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Revenues Product/Service A $151,200 $333,396 $367,569 $405,245 $446,783 Product/Service B $100,800 $222,264 $245,046 $270,163 $297,855 Total Revenues $252,000 $555,660 $612,615 $675,408 $744,638 Expenses & Costs Cost of goods sold $57,960 $122,245 $122,523 $128,328 $134,035 Lease $60,000 $61,500 $63,038 $64,613 $66,229 Marketing $20,000 $25,000 $25,000 $25,000 $25,000 Salaries $133,890 $204,030 $224,943 $236,190 $248,000 Other Expenses $3,500 $4,000 $4,500 $5,000 $5,500 Total Expenses & Costs $271,850 $412,775 $435,504 $454,131 $473,263 EBITDA ($19,850) $142,885 $177,112 $221,277 $271,374 Depreciation $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 EBIT ($56,810) $105,925 $140,152 $184,317 $234,414 Interest $23,621 $20,668 $17,716 $14,763 $11,810 PRETAX INCOME ($80,431) $85,257 $122,436 $169,554 $222,604 Net Operating Loss ($80,431) ($80,431) $0 $0 $0 Income Tax Expense $0 $1,689 $42,853 $59,344 $77,911 NET INCOME ($80,431) $83,568 $79,583 $110,210 $144,693 Net Profit Margin (%) - 15.00% 13.00% 16.30% 19.40% 5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 ASSETS Cash $16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570 $392,389 Accounts receivable $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Inventory $21,000 $23,153 $25,526 $28,142 $31,027 Total Current Assets $37,710 $113,340 $184,482 $286,712 $423,416 Fixed assets $246,450 $246,450 $246,450 $246,450 $246,450 Depreciation $36,960 $73,920 $110,880 $147,840 $184,800 Net fixed assets $209,490 $172,530 $135,570 $98,610 $61,650 TOTAL ASSETS $247,200 $285,870 $320,052 $385,322 $485,066 LIABILITIES & EQUITY Debt $317,971 $272,546 $227,122 $181,698 $136,273 Accounts payable $9,660 $10,187 $10,210 $10,694 $11,170 Total Liabilities $327,631 $282,733 $237,332 $192,391 $147,443 Share Capital $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Retained earnings ($80,431) $3,137 $82,720 $192,930 $337,623 Total Equity ($80,431) $3,137 $82,720 $192,930 $337,623 TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY $247,200 $285,870 $320,052 $385,322 $485,066 5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS Net Income (Loss) ($80,431) $83,568 $79,583 $110,210 $144,693 Change in working capital ($11,340) ($1,625) ($2,350) ($2,133) ($2,409) Depreciation $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 $36,960 Net Cash Flow from Operations ($54,811) $118,902 $114,193 $145,037 $179,244 CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS Investment ($246,450) $0 $0 $0 $0 Net Cash Flow from Investments ($246,450) $0 $0 $0 $0 CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING Cash from equity $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Cash from debt $317,971 ($45,424) ($45,424) ($45,424) ($45,424) Net Cash Flow from Financing $317,971 ($45,424) ($45,424) ($45,424) ($45,424) SUMMARY Net Cash Flow $16,710 $73,478 $68,769 $99,613 $133,819 Cash at Beginning of Period $0 $16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570 Cash at End of Period $16,710 $90,188 $158,957 $258,570 $392,389
Snow Cone Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Snow Cone Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Snow Cone business or expand your current Snow Cone business, you need a business plan.
The following Snow Cone business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Snow Cone business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Snow Cone business plan:
Snow Cone Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Counseling Private Practice Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Counseling Private Practice Business Plan Template
If you want to start a counseling private practice or expand your current counseling practice, you need a business plan.
The following Counseling Private Practice business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. It can be used for a mental health practice, therapy practice, marriage counseling or family therapy.
Sample Business Plan for a Counseling Private Practice
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful private practice business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Dairy Farm Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Dairy Farm Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Dairy Farm or expand your current Dairy Farm, you need a business plan.
The following Dairy Farm business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Dairy Farm business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Dairy Farm business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Resort Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Resort Business Plan Template
If you want to start a resort or expand your resort business, you need a business plan.
The following Resort business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Resort business plan. It can be used to start an all inclusive resort, a ski resort, a health spa resort, an eco tourism resort, or any other type of resort business.
Resort Business Plan Sample
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located in [insert location here] is a new resort company that focuses on providing guests with personalized customer service and modern, high-tech amenities. The resort is located in an idyllic location where guests can experience a tranquil nature walk or a rigorous river rafting adventure. [Company Name] aims to be the ultimate choice for customers looking for exceptional service, high-tech amenities, and picturesque views.
Products Served
[Company Name] will provide a full suite of resort amenities, all featuring the latest digital technology for streamlined customer service and convenience.
Amenities include the following:
- Hotel
- Restaurant
- Bar
- Cafe
- Nightclub
- Spa
- Retail Shops
- Tennis Courts
- Gym
- Swimming Pool
- Sauna
- Hiking & Nature Tours
- River Rafting
Customer Focus
[Company Name]’s potential customers include tourists traveling to [Location] from nearby countries. A secondary target will be local residents looking for a unique stay-cation experience. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- An estimated 50,000 tourists travel to [Location] each year
- Average income of $46,000
- 35% are Gen Z, 40% are millennials, and 25% are baby boomers
- 42% are in management or professional occupations
- Median age: 35 years
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in the resort industry for over 20 years. While [Founder] has never developed a resort from the ground up, he has worked most recently as a general manager of a large resort, and has held various management level positions in the industry over the years. [Founder] has a Master’s degree in Hospitality Management, and will use his expertise and experience to start his own resort.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- There is currently no full-scale resort in the area, although it is an in-demand tourist destination. In addition, the founder has surveyed the local businesses and determined that they have frequent tourists visiting who would use the company’s resort when launched.
- The location is close to major highways, local attractions, and the airport.
- The management team has a track record of success in the resort industry.
- XYZ and ABC corporations announced plans to create new attractions in the city over the next two years and existing resorts will not be able to handle the increased capacity of visitors traveling to the city to visit these attractions.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $7,000,000 to launch.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Resort design/build: $6,500,000
- Working capital: $500,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and land costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located in [Location] is a new resort company that focuses on providing guests with personalized customer service and modern, high-tech amenities. The resort is located in an idyllic location that is close to major highways, local attractions, and an airport. Guests of the resort can experience a tranquil nature walk or a rigorous river rafting adventure. [Company Name] aims to be the ultimate choice for customers looking for exceptional service, high-tech amenities, and picturesque views.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name], an experienced resort manager who has been working in various management-level positions in the industry for over 20 years. [Founder] has a Master’s degree in Hospitality Management, and will use his expertise and experience to start his own resort. [Founder] discovered the ideal location for his resort during a recent trip to [Location]. When he saw the opportunity for a full-scale resort in a growing tourist destination, he decided to start researching what it would take to build his company here.
As [Founder] began researching what it would take to create his own resort company, he did a thorough analysis on the costs, market, demographics, and competition. [Founder] has compiled enough information to develop his business plan in order to approach investors.
[Company Name]’s History
Once his market analysis was complete, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].
The resort development operations are currently being run out of [Founder’s Name] home office. Once the land rights have been purchased, operations will be run from an on-site location to ensure that every detail is being thought out and completed.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found site location and signed the land deed purchasing rights to the land
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Hired an architecture firm to create a blueprint of the resort
- Started taking bids from construction crews and electrical engineering firms
- Determined equipment leasing and financing requirements
- Began recruiting key employees with experience in the resort industry
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
Below are [Company Name]’s product offerings:
The state-of-the-art resort will offer guests the opportunity to take advantage of the following amenities:
- Hotel
- Restaurant
- Bar
- Cafe
- Nightclub
- Spa
- Retail Shops
- Tennis Courts
- Gym
- Swimming Pool
- Sauna
- Hiking & Nature Tours
- River Rafting
III. Industry Analysis
The global hotel and resort industry is valued at approximately $1.06T with more than 700,000 hotels and resorts operating worldwide. This industry includes operators of hotel and resort accomodations, restaurants and meal service, and franchises. Primary industry activities include operating holiday resorts and hotels with private facilities.
Demand determinants for the hotel and resort industry include economic conditions, disposable income levels, and consumer preferences regarding hospitality and leisure spending. Over the past few years consumer preferences have been shifting significantly. Customers are now looking for more personalized service, business-leisure opportunities, health and wellness accommodations, and digital guest experiences.
The hotel and resort industry is highly fragmented with intense competition from major players to single-location operators. Small resort businesses can compete in a variety of ways, however. Industry operators that offer a unique niche, affordable prices, in-demand location, and amenities that appeal to the modern consumer can run a competitive resort business.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the tourists visiting [company location] and its surrounding areas as well as locals who want a stay-cation experience.
The community of [company location] is quickly becoming a popular tourist destination with people coming in from nearby countries to experience the new attractions the region has to offer. Additionally, there are many local residents looking for a new recreating experience and a large percentage of the population has expressed interest in a stay-cation option.
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Leisure Travel Market: Travelers to [Insert Area or City] tourist attractions such as the Museum of Fine Art and the Annual Film Festival, as well as visitors to social events such as weddings.
- International Tourists: Last year, there were over 903 million international tourist arrivals worldwide, with a growth of 6.6%. International tourist receipts were $856 billion.
- Local Residents: There are a total of 10,000 local residents in [Area]. Approximately 43% are actively involved in many of the recreational activities the resort will offer such as hiking and river rafting.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The company’s competition are other resort companies.
River Springs
River Springs is a hotel in [location]. River Springs is a leading hotel and has been in business for over 40 years. The hotel offers a wide array of services and amenities that you typically find at a hotel. River Springs offers luxury accommodations, river rafting tours, and a five-star restaurant and lounge. River Springs is the current most popular choice for tourists in the area because of its proximity to the airport and local attractions such as the Fine Art Museum and movie theater.
This hotel does not have full-service resort amenities, however. Nor does it have the latest digital technology for any of its services or room accommodations.
Super Adventure Resort
Super Adventure Resort is the closest resort, located approximately 50 miles outside of [Area or City]. This resort specializes in providing wildlife adventure tours. The property has a variety of amenities including a hotel, spa, pool, restaurant, bar, gift shop, and its primary source of entertainment; the adventure tours.
Super Adventure Resort is far from any other local attractions, the airport, or any other modern conveniences such as grocery stores or gas stations, making it an out-of-the-way getaway, but not conveniently located.
Sunny Falls Hotel
Sunny Falls Hotel is also a local hotel that has a few resort-style amenities such as a spa, salon, and fitness center in addition to its traditional hotel accommodations, restaurants, bar, lounge, pool, tennis courts, and free transportation to and from the airport. Sunny Falls Hotel is located close to a variety of local attractions and scenic overlooks. Guests can go hiking or bicycling on trails nearby or book a river rafting tour with a hotel concierge.
While Sunny Falls Hotel has many appealing accommodations, it lacks the modern technology, full-service amenities, and additional attractions [Company Name] will provide.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over other resort companies. Those advantages include:
- Location: [Company Name]’s location gives the best access to the airport, local attractions, shopping district, and restaurants. The Company also offers adequate parking making it easy for customers to relax upon arrival.
- High-Tech Amenities: The resort will be full of high-tech amenities for everything from contactless check-in and payment systems, to smart fixtures in the hotel rooms and a high-tech bar and nightclub.
- Management: The management team has years of resort industry experience that allows the Company to market and serve customers in the same manner as its most sophisticated competitors.
- Relationships: Having visited the community for a number of years, [Founder’s Name] knows all of the local leaders, newspapers and other influences. As such, it will be relatively easy to build the brand awareness of the resort.
VI. Marketing Plan
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a source of exceptional service, high-tech amenities, and unique attractions in the resort industry. Consumers can expect to receive the best resort experience catered by experienced hospitality professionals.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Convenient location close to local attractions, major highways, and the airport
- Modern, high-tech amenities
- Exceptional personalized customer service
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be tourists visiting [Location]. The Company’s promotion strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Social Media
[Company Name] will invest heavily in a social media advertising campaign. The brand manager will create the Company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographics.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest heavily in developing a professional website that displays all of the features and benefits of the resort. It will also invest heavily in SEO so that the brand’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Phone Prospecting
[Company Name] will assign salespeople to contact area corporations to arrange for bulk corporate rates for their visitors depending on the volume of visitors they will have.
Public Relations
The Company will contact all local and regional area newspapers and television stations to tell them about the hotel opening and unique value proposition of [Company Name].
Advertising
[Company Name] will initially advertise on travel websites, which are frequently being used to book travel due to their ease of use and reviews.
Ongoing Customer Communications
[Company Name] will publish a monthly email newsletter to tell new and past customers about promotions and events.
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening the resort, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective international customers, local customers, and press contacts. These events will create buzz and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will fluctuate based on the season and occupancy percentages using a computerized yield management system, but pricing will always place the hotel in the mid-range, below luxury offerings, and above hotels and motels in the area that cannot be billed as a resort. Customers will feel they receive great value when they choose the resort for their vacation.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
In order to execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the Company needs to perform many functions including the following:
Administrative Functions
- General & Administrative functions including legal, marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Sourcing and storing supplies for the various resort amenities
- Hiring and training staff
Service Functions
- Check-in focused on customer service
- Janitor/maintenance personnel to keep the resort clean and in working order
- Staff to work in the hotel, restaurant, bar, nightclub, etc.
- Resort concierge service
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
The following are a series of steps that lead to the Company’s vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been in the resort industry for over 20 years. While [Founder] has never developed a resort from the ground up, he has worked most recently as a general manager of a large resort, and has held various management level positions in the industry. [Founder] has a Master’s degree in Hospitality Management, and will use his expertise and experience to start his own resort.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Owner and President of [Company Name]. In order to launch, he needs to hire the following personnel:
Housekeeping staff for the hotel (5 to start)
- Resort Managers (1 for each section of the resort – hotel, restaurant, bar, nightclub, etc.) who will be responsible for the day to day operations of their designated area
- Assistant Managers (will manage resort operations for their designated area on nights and weekends)
- Service Staff (4 full-time to work check-in and guest services – allowing for at least 1 staff person to be on duty at all times as well as additional staff for each of the resort’s features)
- Sales Staff (2 full-time) will target and book guests
- Legal, Bookkeeping, and other Administrative functions (3 staff)
- Brand manager: 1 full-time employee who will be responsible for developing and launching the brand; manage the website, and social media accounts.
- Janitorial and Maintenance staff: 5 employees who will be responsible for keeping the resort in tip-top condition.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from booking fees for the resort’s many amenities. The company will charge varying rates per night based on demand and seasonality. [Company Name] will also sell multiple packages to appeal to a range of guests, such as a health and wellness package, nature adventure package, and stay-cation package.
The land purchase, equipment, supplies, and labor expenses will be the key cost drivers of [Company Name]. The major cost drivers for the company’s operation will consist of:
- Salaries
- Resort maintenance
- Business Insurance
- Mortgage on land and utilities
- Taxes
Ongoing marketing expenditures are also notable cost drivers for [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $7,000,000 of debt capital to open its resort. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and resort build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing and branding expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Resort design/build: $6,500,000
- Working capital: $500,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and land costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of available rooms | Per location |
---|---|
Year 1 | 20 |
Year 2 | 20 |
Year 3 | 20 |
Year 4 | 20 |
Year 5 | 20 |
Average daily rate | $155 |
Average Daily rate growth | 3% |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $25,000 |
Yearly Lease Increase % | 2.50% |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Assisted Living Facility Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Residential Assisted Living Business Plan
If you want to start an assisted living facility or expand your thriving assisted living business, you need a business plan.
The following assisted living business plan example gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan for an assisted living facility. A business plan for a residential assisted living facility is a plan that you can use to start and/or grow your business.
Sample Business Plan For Assisted Living
Below are links to each section of an assisted living business plan template:
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview – The company overview includes information about your business concept, senior care and assisted living services and legal structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the assisted living industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market including demographics and identifying their needs when transitioning into an assisted living facility.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors such as other assisted living facilities and nursing homes, and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan includes your marketing strategies, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan to reach your target market.
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes including medication management, social and recreational activities, memory care, and quality personal care for senior citizens in your care.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan includes financial projections and financial statements including a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Roofing Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Roofing Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Roofing business or expand your current Roofing business, you need a business plan.
The following Roofing business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Roofing business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Roofing business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Security Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Security Company Business Plan Template
If you want to start a security business or expand your current security company, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of security company business plans.
The following security business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Sample Business Plan For Security Businesses
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful security company.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company overview includes information about your business concept, security services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the security industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer or market analysis provides an overview of your target market.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage over these security companies.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategies, pricing strategy and sales strategy.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner, business management and other security personnel.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Pig Farm Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Pig Farm Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Pig Farm or expand your current Pig Farm, you need a business plan.
The following Pig Farm business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Pig Farm business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Pig Farm business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Dog Grooming Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Dog Grooming Business Plan
If you want to start a dog grooming business or expand your current business, you need a business plan.
The following dog grooming business plan template and example gives you the key components and details to include to write a winning pet grooming business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a dog grooming business plan example:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Woodworking Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Woodworking Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Woodworking business or expand your current Woodworking business, you need a business plan.
The following Woodworking business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Woodworking business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example woodworking business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Woodworking Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Home Health Care Business Plan Template [2023]
Home Health Care Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Home Health Care business or expand your current Home Health Care business, you need a business plan.
The following Home Health Care business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Home Health Care Agency business plan.
Below is a sample home health care plan, outlining each of the key sections of a successful home care business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name]. [Founder’s Name] is a nurse that has worked in local hospitals for over a decade. Her years of experience has taught her how to care for aging adults in a safe and supportive manner. [Founder’s Name] realizes the need for a quality and affordable home health care company as she has a difficult time placing her patients that are being discharged from the hospital with an agency that is reliable and within the patient’s budget. [Company Name] is a high-quality home health care agency that treats elderly patients with a wide array of illnesses and issues with a friendly and supportive staff that is also affordable and works within the patients budget.
Services Offered
[Company Name] will provide nursing, physical therapy, occupational therapy, home health aides, and social work services to its patient clients. In addition, their team of healthcare specialists will also be able to provide specialized services for Alzheimer’s, dementia, arthritis, and diabetic patients.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will serve the aging community of [company location]. Many of the aging community has diabetes, arthritis, Alzheimer’s, dementia, etc. and would prefer to receive their care in the comfort of their own home rather than the hospital or assisted living facility. The demographics of the target customer profile is as follows:
- 106,727 residents
- Average income of $65,000
- 63.4% married
- 43.2% retired and/or over the age of 55
- Median age: 42 years
Management Team
[Company Name] is owned and operated by [Founder’s Name], a local nurse who has worked at local hospitals for over the past ten years. She has dealt with hundreds of elderly patients and their families finding adequate and affordable home health care upon being released from the hospital. [Founder’s Name] has realized there is a lack of quality and affordable home health care agencies in [company location]. She aims to provide the best in-home health care services while also being affordable for the patient and their families.
Aside from the nurses, therapists, aides, and social worker she will have on staff, [Founder’s Name] will also employ a receptionist and Office Manager to help with the administration and operation of the home health care agency.
Success Factors
[Company Name] has several advantages over its competition. Those advantages include:
- Compassionate Staff: Knowledgeable and friendly staff of nurses, therapists, aides, and social workers who are highly knowledgeable and experienced in their field.
- Location: [Company Name] will be able to service the entire metropolitan area of [company location] and its surrounding areas.
- Quality Care: [Company Name] will provide expert services so that the patients are at the highest comfort level.
- Pricing: [Company Name]’s pricing will be more affordable than its competition. They will also work on payment arrangements with the patient and their family so that the patient won’t have to sacrifice any type of care they might require because the cost is too high.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking $150,000 in funding to launch its home health care business. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures, staffing, marketing and advertising expenses, and working capital.
The breakout of the funding may be seen below:
- Capital expenditures (computers, equipment, etc.): $20,000
- Marketing and advertising: $10,000
- Staffing costs: $60,000
- Working capital: $10,000
The following graph outlines the pro forma financial projections for [Company Name] over the next five years:
Financial Summary | Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $965,742 | $1,878,611 | $2,718,300 | $3,477,900 | $4,285,228 |
Total Expenses | $390,241 | $630,018 | $931,935 | $1,171,906 | $1,429,992 |
EBITDA | $575,501 | $1,248,593 | $1,786,365 | $2,305,994 | $2,855,237 |
Depreciation | $8,720 | $8,720 | $8,720 | $8,720 | $8,720 |
EBIT | $566,781 | $1,239,873 | $1,777,645 | $2,297,274 | $2,846,517 |
Interest | $5,077 | $4,442 | $3,807 | $3,173 | $2,538 |
PreTax Income | $561,705 | $1,235,431 | $1,773,838 | $2,294,101 | $2,843,978 |
Income Tax Expense | $196,597 | $432,401 | $620,843 | $802,935 | $995,392 |
Net Income | $365,108 | $803,030 | $1,152,995 | $1,491,166 | $1,848,586 |
Net Profit Margin | 38% | 43% | 42% | 43% | 43% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], is located at [insert location here] is a new home health care agency that provides skilled nursing services and occupational therapy to aging adults.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name]. [Founder’s Name] is a nurse that has worked in the local hospital for over a decade. Her years of experience has taught her how to care for aging adults in a safe and supportive manner. [Founder’s Name] realizes the need for a quality and affordable home health care company as she has a difficult time placing her patients that are being discharged from the hospital with an agency that is reliable and within the patient’s budget. Many of her patients frequently use family members or friends that are inadequately trained or knowledgeable about what it takes to care for an elderly person. They have to rely on whomever is available because they can not afford a home health care agency. Most times, the caretaker’s schedule is inconsistent and the elderly person ends up back in the hospital because they are not receiving adequate nursing or therapy care.
A large segment of [Company Location]’s population is retired and/or elderly adults. There are not enough home health care agencies to support the aging population of this community.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] has been consulting with an attorney and CPA over the last few months to understand the business and financial obligations that go with owning their own business. Her lawyer has advised [Founder’s Name] that [Company Name] should be incorporated as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].
[Company Name] has identified the home health care office it will use as its headquarters. [Founder’s Name] has begun lease negotiations and began pricing out construction build-out for the facility.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found office location and signed Letter of Intent to lease it
- Decided on the company name, and developed the logo and website located at www…
- Finalized list of services the company will be able to provide
- Determined the office equipment and inventory requirements
- Began recruiting key employees for the home health care operation
[Company Name]’s Services
Below is [Company Name]’s list of services. All services will be provided by a trained and licensed staff.
- Skilled Nursing Services
- Therapy and Rehabilitation
- Alzheimer’s & Dementia Care
- Diabetes Care
- Arthritis Care
- Home Health Aide
- Medical Social Worker
- Hospice
[Company Name] will be able to provide daily services as well as accommodate on-call services and emergency response.
III. Industry Analysis
Strong and steady revenue growth is expected for the Home Care Providers industry over the five years to 2026 as a result of an aging population, increasing interest in home healthcare and expanded access to Medicare and Medicaid under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA). The aging population will likely continue to foster revenue growth because this demographic not only requires more healthcare services compared with other age groups, but it also increasingly prefers home care. Payers will progressively shift to home care because it is more affordable than inpatient hospital and nursing home care.
Large companies will grow even larger through mergers and acquisitions. Moreover, home healthcare will evolve to include more chronic disease-management services, and consolidation will help the industry unite to influence policy change and benefit from larger-scale operations. Considering these projections, revenue is forecast to increase to $138 billion in the next five years.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the community residents of [company location] and its surrounding areas.
The community of [company location] has thousands of retired, elderly adults who require a greater need of attention. Many of the aging community has diabetes, arthritis, Alzheimer’s, dementia, etc. and would prefer to receive their care in the comfort of their own home rather than the hospital or assisted living facility.
Below is a demographic breakdown of this area:
Riverdale | Santa Cruz | |
---|---|---|
Total Population | 26,097 | 10,725 |
Square Miles | 6.89 | 3.96 |
Population Density | 3,789.20 | 2,710.80 |
Population Male | 48.04% | 48.84% |
Population Female | 51.96% | 51.16% |
Target Population by Age Group | ||
Age 54-60 | 3.68% | 3.52% |
Age 60-69 | 5.22% | 4.50% |
Age 70-80 | 13.80% | 13.91% |
Age 81 and older | 18.09% | 18.22% |
Target Population by Income | ||
Income $50,000 to $74,999 | 11.16% | 6.00% |
Income $75,000 to $99,999 | 10.91% | 4.41% |
Income $100,000 to $124,999 | 9.07% | 6.40% |
Income $125,000 to $149,999 | 9.95% | 8.02% |
Income $150,000 to $199,999 | 12.20% | 11.11% |
Income $200,000 and Over | 32.48% | 54.99% |
Customer Segmentation
We will primarily target the following four customer segments:
- Elderly patients who are being released from the hospital and their doctors highly recommended daily nursing services and/or therapy.
- Elderly patients who had a recent fall and require physical and/or occupational therapy to heal from their injury.
- Elderly patients who are suffering from Alzheimers or dementia and would prefer to remain in their home rather than an assisted living facility.
- Elderly patients who are diabetic and/or suffer from severe arthritis and need daily assistance with medication, etc.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
Comanche County Home Health
Comanche County Memorial Hospital’s Home Health & Hospice has provided home health services for over a decade. Their staff is comprised of dedicated professionals who are committed to providing quality care in the comfort and convenience of the patients’ home. Their home health aides can assist the patient with grooming and light chores around their home. Home health care will verify if home health aide services are covered by their insurance policy. They accept Medicare, Insurance/HMO/PPO, Medicaid, Private Pay. The home health care team works closely with the physician to plan the care and monitor the patients’ progress. The nurse will contact the physician with any laboratory results, medication changes, or alterations in their health status.
Registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, nutritionists, speech therapists, physical therapists, occupational therapists, home health aides, and medical social workers all work with the patient and their family to develop an individual plan of treatment.
Elara Caring
Elara Caring is one of the nation’s largest providers of home-based care, with a footprint in the Northeast, Midwest, and South. Elara Caring brings together three award-winning organizations – Great Lakes Caring, National Home Health Care, and Jordan Health Services, into one transformational company. They provide the highest-quality comprehensive care continuum of personal care, skilled home health, hospice care, and behavioral health. Their intimate understanding of the patients’ needs allows them to apply proprietary platforms to deliver proactive, customized care that improves quality of life and keeps patients in their homes.
Elara Caring leads patients through the post-acute care journey by providing the appropriate level of care, delivered wherever our patients call home. The company’s intimate understanding of its patients’ needs allows it to apply proprietary platforms to deliver proactive, customized care that improves quality of life and keeps patients in their homes.
Encompass Health
Serving the Lawton, Oklahoma area, they are one of the nation’s leading providers of home health services and continually set the standard of homecare through their people, their approach and their outcomes.
The patient experience is at the core of everything they do. That’s why they work collaboratively with the patient’s team of experts to craft a plan of care that meets their specific needs. Their skilled nurses, physical therapists, occupational therapists, speech language pathologists, medical social workers and home health aides use a coordinated, interprofessional approach to deliver compassionate, specialized care in the comfort of home.
Whether recovering from a surgery, recent hospital stay, or managing a disease or injury, Encompass Health’s services are designed to meet patient’s where they are. They offer cutting-edge specialty programs that focus on patient education, self-management and reducing hospital readmission, resulting in better care and better outcomes for their patients.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] has several advantages over its competition. Those advantages include:
- Compassionate Staff: Knowledgeable and friendly staff of nurses, therapists, aides, and social workers who are not only knowledgeable in their field, but place a special emphasis on compassion.
- Location: [Company Name] will be able to service the entire metropolitan area of [company location] and its surrounding areas.
- Quality Care: [Company Name] will provide expert services and their patients will receive quality treatment and care so that the patient is as comfortable as they can be.
- Pricing: [Company Name]’s pricing will be more affordable than its competition. They will also work on payment arrangements with the patient and their family so that the patient won’t have to sacrifice any type of care they might require because the cost is too high.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Knowledgeable, friendly, expert staff of healthcare professionals.
- Quality level of service and care.
- Offering the best nursing, therapy, social worker, and aide services at competitive prices.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] will target all residents of [company location] within a 20-30 mile radius. The Company’s promotions strategy to reach the most clientele include:
Local Hospitals
[Company Name] already has great relationships with the local hospitals. She will work to make sure the hospitals send referrals and highly recommend [company name] to its patients and their families upon releasing them from the hospital.
Nursing Homes and Assisted Living Facilities
Oftentimes, an elderly patient will be placed in a nursing home or assisted living facility right away. Sometimes they are not happy and would rather go back home. [Company Name] will work with these facilities so that they recommend their agency for when a patient highly desires to receive the care in the comfort of their own home.
Website
[Company Name] will have an informative and attractive website that will feature all of its services and referrals from other satisfied patients. The website will be highly informative and be designed in a way that is friendly and eye-catching.
SEO
[Company Name] will invest in a high SEO presence so that the agency is listed at the top of the Google or Bing search engine when a family member is researching home health care agencies in [company location].
Billboard
[Company Name] will have a billboard in an area of town at a busy intersection where thousands of cars and pedestrians pass daily. The location of the billboard will be in an area of town where there are a lot of doctors offices, rehab facilities, and a hospital nearby.
Advertising
[Company Name] will invest in advertisements in featured local publications, such as community newspapers and newsletters that focus on the retired and aging population.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be moderate so customers feel they receive great value when purchasing its services.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will need to fulfill the following functional roles in order to execute their business plan and ensure the company’s success:
Administrative Functions
- General & administrative functions including legal, marketing, bookkeeping, tax, etc.
- Staff management and scheduling
- Hiring and training staff
Health Care Functions
- Nurse
- Physical Therapist
- Occupational Therapist
- Home Health Aides
- Social Worker
Milestones
[Company Name] will achieve the following milestones in the following [] months:
- Secure 2,000 square foot office space
- Develop website, logo, and company website
- Secure small business loan bank financing
- Develop and finalize list of home health care services
- Hire and train staff
- Begin advertising campaign with hospitals, nursing homes, billboard, and print publications
- Grand Opening of [Company Name]
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is owned and operated by [Founder’s Name], a local nurse who has worked at local hospitals for over the past ten years. She has worked in the Occupational department where there are numerous elderly patients being treated daily. She has dealt with hundreds of elderly patients and their families finding adequate and affordable home health care upon being released from the hospital. [Founder’s Name] has realized there is a lack of quality and affordable home health care agencies in [company location]. She aims to provide the best in-home health care services while also being affordable for the patient and their families.
[Founder’s Name] graduated from the University of ABC with a Bachelor’s Degree in Nursing.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the agency Founder and Chief Executive Officer. She will hire the following personnel in order to maintain an effective and profitable home health care business:
- Office Manager will assist [Founder’s Name] run the administrative tasks to operate the agency. This person will handle bookkeeping, tax payments, payroll, and office inventory.
- Receptionist will handle all phone calls and web inquiries. This person will also manage the scheduling of the home health care staff.
- Nurses – 2-3 nurses will be on staff to provide the nursing services.
- Occupational Therapist – 1 OT will be on staff to provide occupational therapy services.
- Physical Therapist – 1 PT will be on staff to provide physical therapy services.
- Home Health Aides – 3-4 aides will be on staff to provide basic care to the patients.
- Social Worker – 1 social worker will be on staff to oversee the welfare and care of each patient.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
The revenues for [Company Name] will come from the fees it will charge the patients and their insurance for the health care services it provides.
The cost drivers for the company will be the payroll of the staff, lease on the office building, office supplies and equipment, and marketing and advertising costs.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking $150,000 in funding to launch its home health care business. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures, staffing, marketing and advertising expenses, and working capital.
The breakout of the funding may be seen below:
- Capital expenditures (computers, equipment, etc.): $20,000
- Marketing and advertising: $10,000
- Staffing costs: $60,000
- Working capital: $10,000
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of patients per month | Per location |
---|---|
Year 1 | 1200 |
Year 2 | 1300 |
Year 3 | 1450 |
Year 4 | 1550 |
Year 5 | 1750 |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $50,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Box Truck Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Box Truck Business Plan
If you want to start a box truck business or expand your current truck company, you need a business plan.
The following box truck business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a successful box truck business plan. It can be used to create a business plan for a full-service box truck company, moving business, local deliveries business, or any other type of trucking business.
Sample Business Plan For Box Truck Companies
Below are links to each of the key sections of a box truck plan:
- Executive Summary– The Executive Summary explains your business concept and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview– The company analysis section should include a detailed overview of your business including your legal structure and product & service offering.
- Industry Analysis– The industry analysis will include market research that supports your business idea and provides insights into the box truck industry and market trends.
- Customer Analysis– The customer analysis will provide an overview of your target market.
- Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis will identify your main competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan– This section includes your marketing strategy and sales plan.
- Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your truck company’s day to day operations and processes.
- Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the box truck business owners, their experience and company responsibilities.
- Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Mushroom Farm Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Mushroom Farm Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Mushroom Farm or expand your current Mushroom Farm, you need a business plan.
The following Mushroom Farm business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Mushroom Farm business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Mushroom Farm business plan:
I. Executive Summary
Food Delivery Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
​​
Food Delivery Business Plan Template
If you want to start a food delivery company or expand your existing food delivery business, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. It can be used to create a business plan for a standard food delivery business, a meal kit delivery service, restaurant delivery, a grocery delivery service, offices food delivery services or any other type of food delivery services business.
Sample Business Plan For Food Delivery Businesses
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful food delivery service.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis includes information about your business concept, services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the food delivery industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer analysis provides an overview of your target audience and delivery market.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage over these food delivery companies.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategies and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Dance Studio Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Dance Studio Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Dance Studio business or expand your current Dance Studio business, you need a business plan.
The following Dance Studio business plan template gives you the key elements to starting a Dance Studio business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful dance studio business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Dance Studio Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Meal Prep Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Meal Prep Business Plan Template
If you want to start a meal prep business or expand your current meal prep business, you need a business plan.
The following Meal Prep business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Meal Prep business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Meal Prep business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Investment Company Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Investment Company Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Investment Company or expand your current Investment Company, you need a business plan.
The following Investment Company business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Investment Company business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Investment Company business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Car Dealership Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Car Dealership Business Plan
If you want to start a new car dealership or expand your current dealership, you need a business plan.
The following car dealership business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. In addition to this template, a successful business plan will include market research to support your business concept, help you better understand the car dealership industry, market trends, car prices and your target customers. It will also help you craft a smart marketing plan and a strong financial plan.
Sample Business Plan For New Car Dealerships
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan that can be used for all types of car dealerships including a luxury car dealership, an online car dealership, new car dealers, and used car dealerships.
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview – The company analysis includes information about your business concept, the types of vehicles you plan to sell, car repair and maintenance services and legal structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the automotive industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market and the purchasing habits of these potential customers.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy and how you will build brand awareness utilizing social media platforms and other forms of digital marketing.
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan includes information on your dealership’s day-to-day operations including inventory management and auto sales, and processes in the service department to maintain customer satisfaction.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement, and balance sheet.
Consulting Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Consulting Business Plan
If you want to start a consulting firm or expand your current consulting business, you need a business plan. The following consulting business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. A consultant business plan template can be used to create a business plan for any type of consulting business including but not limited to: business consulting, management consulting, IT consulting, and Human Resources consulting.
Sample Consulting Business Plan
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful consulting business plan:
- Executive Summary – The Executive Summary should provide an overview of your business plan. It should include an introduction of you and your consulting firm, a brief description of the consulting services you provide, your target market, and a summary of your financial projections.
- Company Overview – In the Company Overview section, you should provide a description of your consulting business, its business model, its legal structure, its mission and goals, the services you will offer, and the type of potential clients you plan to serve.
- Industry Analysis – There are many industries where consultants are needed. When writing your Industry Analysis, you should provide detailed information about your specific industry and its current trends and future forecasts.
- Customer Analysis – The Customer Analysis section of your consulting business plan should provide detailed demographic and psychographic information for your target customers to give readers a clear understanding of who your services are designed for.
- Competitive Analysis – It is important to understand who your competition is and how you plan to differentiate yourself from other consulting businesses. The Competitive Analysis section should provide information on the key competitors in your industry, their offerings, their advantages, and any potential threats they may pose to your business.
- Marketing Plan – In your Marketing Plan, you should outline the marketing strategies you plan to use to reach your target audience, such as advertising and promotional campaigns or attending networking events. You should also include the pricing strategies you will use to attract more clients.
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan should provide a detailed description of how you plan to run and manage your consulting business. This should include information on staff, equipment, processes, and any other resources that will be necessary.
- Management Team – The Management Team section should provide information on the key players in your consulting business and their qualifications.
- Financial Plan – The Financial Plan section should include the 5-year financial statements including an income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement.
Service Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Service Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Service business or expand your current Service business, you need a business plan.
The following Service business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Service business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a Service business plan example:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Massage Therapy Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Massage Therapy Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Massage Therapy business or expand your current Massage Therapy business, you need a business plan.
The following Massage Therapy business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Massage Therapist business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example massage therapy business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Massage Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Furniture Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Furniture Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Furniture business or expand your current Furniture business, you need a business plan.
The following Furniture business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Furniture business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your furniture business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Preschool Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Preschool Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Preschool business or expand your current Preschool, you need a business plan.
The following Preschool business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Preschool business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a Preschool business plan example:
Preschool Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Recording Studio Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Recording Studio Business Plan
If you want to start a recording studio or expand your current business, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan to help you start a recording studio business plan. It can be used to create a music studio business plan, or business plans for a recording engineer, music producer or other studio businesses.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Cafe Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Cafe Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Cafe business or expand your current Cafe, you need a business plan.
The following Cafe business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Cafe business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a Cafe business plan sample:
Jet Ski Rental Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Jet Ski Rental Business Plan Template
If you want to start a jet ski rental business or expand your current jet ski rental company, you need a business plan.
The following Jet Ski Rental business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Jet Ski Rental business plan. In addition to this template, a solid plan will also include market research to help you better understand the jet ski rental industry and your target market. It will also help you craft a strong marketing plan and financial plan.
Jet Ski Rental Business Plan Example
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Jet Ski Rental business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Website Design Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Website Design Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful website design business or expand your current website design business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of website design business plans.
The following website design business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Website Design Business Plan Example
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new website design company that helps businesses and individuals located in [Location] design the website of their dreams. We offer a comprehensive list of services that allows us to be involved in every step of the web design process. We start by providing a free consultation and then offer services based on what the client needs. We specialize in designing a website from the ground up, including web hosting and domain management, but can provide simpler services such as redesign services and SEO. No matter what the client is looking for, we have the skills and vision to make their dreams a reality.
Products Served
[Company Name] provides a comprehensive list of services that encompasses the entire web design process. Providing all of these options allows us to either help build a website completely from scratch or build off of a pre-existing website/template. Some of the specific services we offer include:
- Custom website design and web development
- Domain and web hosting
- Redesign services
- Graphic design and logo design services
- Building out specific web pages
- Branding advice
- DNS changes
- SEO
- Site maps
- Video embedding and linking
- Form integration
We offer free consultations with all new clients to figure out what they need, what their budget is, and what their final vision looks like. At the end of the consultation, we offer specific services and provide a price depending on what the client requires. Clients can purchase individual services or a package that encompasses multiple services and features.
Customer Focus
[Company Name]’s core customer base will be small to midsize businesses located in the [Location] metro area. We expect many of these businesses to be fairly new (only starting within the last five years) with project earnings being less than $5 million.
We will also provide our services to entrepreneurs and individuals who need a website designed for them. However, we do not expect that individuals will make up a large customer segment for our business.
Management Team
[Company Name] is founded and led by [Founder’s Name], who has been a web designer for [X] years. Throughout his career, he has built and designed hundreds of websites for solopreneurs, small agencies, and major corporations. He has worked both as an employee for large web design companies and as a consultant. Now he is ready to utilize his skills and turn his consultancy into a full web design firm.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- [Company Name] provides a service that is in high demand.
- [Founder’s Name] has surveyed businesses in the target market and received extremely positive feedback saying that they explicitly want to make use of [Company Name]’s services.
- The management team has a track record of success in the web design/development industry.
- The web design business is a proven business and has succeeded in communities throughout the United States.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $250,000 of debt capital to open its office. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $50,000
- Equipment and software: $100,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a new website design company that helps businesses of [Location] design their dream website. We offer a comprehensive list of services that allows us to be involved in every step of the web design process. We start by providing a free consultation and then offer services based on what the client needs. Depending on the consultation we will typically either build a site from the ground up or provide simpler services like redesign and SEO.
Clients who want to build a completely new website with us will get the works. We will provide domain purchase and management, web hosting, brand advice, and graphic design for the entire site. Together we will collaborate to ensure we add the perfect copy, images, and embedded videos to perfect our clients’ brand. Those who need help with an existing site can purchase limited services where we can help out with SEO, branding, and editing website elements. We are happy to work with a variety of websites including sites made with WordPress, Wix, and Squarespace.
[Company Name] is founded and led by [Founder’s Name], who has been a website designer for 20 years. After years of working as a web design employee and consultant, he is now ready to utilize his skills and experience to launch a new web design firm. He has conducted a market analysis, found a potential location, and is searching for sources of funding.
[Company Name]’s History
Once his market analysis was complete, [Founder’s Name] began surveying the local vacant office space and located an ideal location for his new company. [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as a Limited Liability Corporation on [Date of Incorporation].
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Located available office space for rent that is in a busy commercial district
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Determined equipment and necessary supplies
- Began recruiting key employees
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] provides a comprehensive list of services that encompasses the entire web design process. This includes everything from creating a custom website from scratch, providing brand advice, offering domain management and web hosting, and providing redesign services.
We offer free consultations with all new potential clients to figure out what they need, what their budget is, and what their final vision looks like. At the end of the consultation, we offer specific services and provide a price depending on what the client requires. Clients can purchase individual services or a package that encompasses multiple services and features.
III. Industry Analysis
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
The Web Design market is in high demand due to the ever-growing need for websites. A website is a necessity now, especially if you want to build a brand, business, or other form of digital presence. However, not everyone knows how to design a good website. Therefore, many people turn to website design services to help them create, design, and perfect their website.
According to IBIS World, the Web Design market grew at a rate of 2.5% per year over the past five years and was valued at $40.6bn in 2022. We expect that the next five years will have similar growth since the demand for web development and design has not slowed down.
Several factors will affect the industry’s growth in the next several years. These include changes in per capita income, gross corporate profits, and technological advances.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve local small to midsize businesses in need of website design services. We expect that these businesses will have at least a few dozen employees and earn less than $5 million in annual revenue. We will also serve entrepreneurs and individuals in need of web design services.
Customer Segmentation
[Company Name] will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Startups: Businesses that have been in operation for two years or less often need efficient website design services that work within their budget. We can provide them with basic packages that will cover their most essential needs.
- Small to medium-sized businesses: The area has many small and mid-sized businesses with less than 1000 employees. These businesses have varying website needs. With our flexible packages and scalability, we can provide service packages that meet their unique needs.
- Entrepreneurs and individuals: Entrepreneurs and individuals have website design needs as well, and often don’t have the skill or time to create one on their own. Therefore, we expect a small portion of our business will be from this customer segment.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following businesses provide either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Wix
Wix is a popular online website builder that makes it easy for people to build a website without web design experience. Customers can choose a design from a limited selection of templates and then customize them as much as they need. This can make designing a website quick and easy without the need for a developer. Furthermore, when choosing a premium plan, customers can purchase a unique domain and get access to additional features and support.
While Wix is a popular tool, its premium packages are often too pricey for average people. Furthermore, the designs are limited and customers cannot change the design once they have chosen one. Another common complaint from customers is that it can be very difficult to get all the elements positioned in the way that the customer wants. This prevents the customer from creating a website that they are happy with or adequately showcases their brand.
WordPress
Approximately 43% of all the world’s websites are powered and designed by WordPress. This by far makes WordPress our biggest competitor. This powerhouse offers a simple dashboard and process to make creating and designing a website as easy as possible. Customers can self-host a WordPress site, purchase hosting services, or sign up for the more limited WordPress.com which is hosted by WordPress itself.
Like Wix, WordPress offers extremely limited templates that can restrict creativity. This is especially true for customers who try WordPress.com, a free alternative for those wanting a site for simple blogging or personal reasons. There are a limited number of templates available, with many getting phased out every few years. Furthermore, customers often struggle to get elements where they want them, so they have to compromise with a layout that they are not happy with.
Rick’s Website Solutions
Rick’s Website Solutions is a local firm that helps individuals and businesses design great websites. The websites can be for commercial use, such as promoting a company or selling a product, or they can be for personal use such as for planning a wedding or special event. The services provided and the pricing for those services depend on the scope of the project.
While Rick’s will remain a popular option for locals, the firm is very small, with Rick being the only website designer. The firm does not have the capacity to handle larger projects and is showing no signs of expanding anytime soon. Therefore, we expect to take much of his potential business as we will have a larger team and more resources to help our clients.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the web design industry and will be able to use his previous experience to provide the best service experience. His unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Names] competitors.
- Relationships: [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, business managers, and other influencers within [Location]. With his [X] years of experience and good relationships with business leaders in the area, he will be able to develop an initial client base.
- Comprehensive Services: [Company Name] will provide a comprehensive suite of services to help our clients throughout every step of the web design and development process.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Client-focused web design services that are customized for every client
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Thorough knowledge of the clients and their varying needs
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its initial target market to be businesses within a 20-mile radius of its location. [Company Name]’s promotion strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Targeted Cold Calls
[Company Name] will initially invest significant time and energy into contacting potential clients via telephone. To improve the effectiveness of this phase of the marketing strategy, a highly focused call list will be used, targeting startups and small businesses. As this is a very time-consuming process, it will primarily be used during the startup phase to build an initial client base.
Referrals
[Company Name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The company will encourage its clients to refer other businesses by providing economic or financial incentives for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness after the business has already been established.
Social Media
[Company Name] will invest heavily in a social media advertising campaign. [Founder’s Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographics.
Publications
The company will place print advertisements in key local publications, including newspapers, area magazines, and business newsletters. Additionally, [Company Name] will print brochures and place them in specific locations frequented by target individuals, such as small business development centers.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest heavily in developing a professional website that displays all of the features and benefits of our services. It will also invest heavily in SEO so that the brand’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket businesses with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name], offer discounts, or provide other incentives for companies to try out our services.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be on par with competitors so clients feel they receive great value when purchasing our web design services.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
To execute [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform several functions:
Service Functions
- Consult with clients about their website needs
- Develop and design websites
- Provide additional requested services
- Fix bugs accordingly
- Provide customer service
Administrative Functions
- Marketing
- Bookkeeping
- Hiring and training staff
- General administrative functions
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is founded and led by [Founder’s Name], who has been a web designer for [X] years. Throughout his career, he has built and designed hundreds of websites for solopreneurs, small agencies, and major corporations. He has worked both as an employee for large web design companies and as a consultant. Now he is ready to utilize his skills and turn his consultancy into a full web design firm.
Though [Founder’s Name] has never run a managed service provider firm himself, his previous experience has given him an in-depth knowledge of the business, including the operations side (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business management side (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.).
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the President of [Company Name]. To launch, he needs to hire the following personnel:
- Web Designers (3 to start)
- Administrative Staff (1 to start)
- Marketing Staff (1 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
The key revenues for [Company Name] will come from the fees we charge for our website design services.
The major cost drivers for the company include marketing expenses, labor, equipment purchasing and maintenance, and overhead costs.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $250,000 of debt capital to open its office. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $50,000
- Equipment and software: $100,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, equipment, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Drone Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Drone Business Plan Template
If you want to start a drone business or expand your current drone business, you need a business plan.
The following Drone business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Drone business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Drone business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Pet Store Business Plan Template [Updated 2023]
Pet Store Business Plan Template
If you want to start a pet store or expand your current pet shop, you need a business plan.
The following Pet Store business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning pet shop business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Pet Store business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Juice Bar Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Juice Bar Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Juice Bar business or expand your current Juice Bar business, you need a business plan.
The following Juice Bar business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. It can be used to create a juice bar business plan, a juicing business plan and a smoothie business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Juice Bar business plan:
Juice Bar Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free juice bar business plan template. You can also click here to get our juice bar business plan pdf.
Architecture Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Architecture Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Architecture firm or expand your current Architecture business, you need a business plan.
The following Architecture business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Architecture business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Architecture business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Dumpster Rental Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Dumpster Rental Business Plan Template
If you want to start a dumpster rental business or expand your current dumpster rental business, you need a business plan.
The following Dumpster Rental business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Dumpster Rental business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example dumpster rental business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Production Company Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Production Company Business Plan
If you want to start a production company or expand your current company, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan for any type of production company. It can be used to create a film production company business plan, or business plans for music production, a video production company and/or a media company.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Bottled Water Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Bottled Water Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Bottled Water business or expand your current Bottled Water business, you need a business plan.
The following Bottled Water business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Bottled Water business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Bottled Water business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Soap Making Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Soap Making Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Soap Making business or expand your current Soap Making business, you need a business plan.
The following Soap Making business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Soap Making business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Soap Making business plan:
Soap Making Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Liquor Store Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Liquor Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Liquor business or expand your current Liquor, you need a business plan.
The following Liquor business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Liquor business plan.
Liquor Store Business Plan Example
Below are links to each of the key sections of a business plan for a liquor store:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free liquor store business plan template. You can also click here to get our liquor store business plan pdf.
Home Inspection Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Home Inspection Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Home Inspection business or expand your current Home Inspection business, you need a business plan.
The following Home Inspection business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Home Inspection business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful home inspection business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Home Inspector Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Auto Repair Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2023]
Auto Repair Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Auto Repair Shop or expand your current Auto Repair Shop, you need a business plan.
The following Auto Repair Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning auto repair business plan. An automotive business plan is a plan to start and/or grow your business.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Auto Repair business plan:
Auto Repair Shop Business Plan Sample
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Donut Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Donut Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Donut Shop business or expand your current Donut Shop business, you need a business plan.
The following Donut Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Donut Shop business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example donut shop business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Donut Shop Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Greenhouse Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Greenhouse Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Greenhouse business or expand your current Greenhouse business, you need a business plan.
The following Greenhouse business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Greenhouse business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Greenhouse business plan:
Greenhouse Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Yoga Studio Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Yoga Studio Business Plan
If you want to start your own yoga business or expand your current studio, you need a business plan.
The following yoga business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan for a yoga business.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful yoga studio business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Machine Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Machine Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start a machine shop business or expand your current machine shop business, you need a business plan.
The following Machine Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Machine Shop business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Machine Shop business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Delivery Service Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Delivery Service Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful delivery business or expand your current delivery service company, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of delivery service business plans.
The following delivery service business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. It can be used to create a business plan for a food delivery service, same day delivery, restaurant delivery service, grocery delivery or any other type of delivery services businesses. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For Delivery Service Businesses
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new delivery service that operates in [location]. Our mission is to deliver parcels, documents, and packages for a variety of businesses and individuals located in [location] and the surrounding area. We offer delivery for all local industries and businesses, including the medical industry, retail establishments, corporate offices, and more. We ensure great customer service, special services, and speedy delivery for a moderate price. We aim to be as good as larger chains (such as FedEx and UPS) but offer more unique services for a more affordable price.
Services Provided
[Company Name] will deliver parcels, packages, and documents from local companies and residents to their local destinations. Packages can be of any size and weight, as long as they fit into one of our vehicles.
Furthermore, we offer a variety of shipping methods, from economy to same day delivery. We are flexible with the goods we deliver, as we want to fulfill all our customer’s delivery needs. Below are a few of the services that our customers will enjoy with us:
- Same day delivery
- On-call services
- Monthly rates and volume discounts
- Route delivery
- Special handling services and requests
Customers can order their services either by calling us, scheduling a delivery on our website, or setting up a service in our app.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve businesses and industries in or near [location]. As the company grows, we will look to serve nearby communities as well. We are open to serving any business or industry that fits our needs. These can include, but are not limited to:
- Medical industries and health professionals
- Corporate offices
- Retail establishments
- Food and beverage
- Attorneys and law firms
- Real estate agents
- Insurance companies
- Construction companies
- Accountants and personal finance consultants
Though we expect to primarily work with local businesses, solopreneurs and local residents are also welcomed to utilize our services.
Management Team
[Company Name] is owned and run by [Founder’s Name]. [Founder’s Name] has worked for national delivery services for [X] years, serving as a driver, manager, and trainer for much of that time. He has found the work highly rewarding, but noticed that national chains are often too expensive for customers and lack the personal detail a local company can provide.
Though he has never run a delivery service himself, he has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the business, including the operations side (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business management side (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.).
Success Factors
[Company Name] is qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The company will provide valuable delivery services to local businesses who don’t want to work with impersonal national chains.
- The management team has a track record of success and experience in the delivery service market.
- [Company Name] will provide high quality customer service and a variety of services catered to every business that partners with us.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $575,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $200,000
- Vehicle purchases and maintenance: $200,000
- Technology development and maintenance: $50,000
- Working capital: $125,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a new delivery service that operates in [location]. We will provide local businesses with fast, efficient, and smooth delivery services to ensure all their packages and parcels get to their destination quickly and in perfect condition. We offer delivery services for all local industries and businesses, including the medical industry, retail establishments, corporate offices, and more. We ensure quality, good customer service, and speedy delivery for a moderate price. We aim to be the dominant local delivery service that [location] can count on for all their delivery needs.
[Company Name] is run by its founder, [Founder’s Name], who has worked for the delivery service market for [X] years. He worked for national delivery chains during that time but wanted a company that offered more moderate pricing and focused on local relationships. He surveyed many local businesses and residents to see if they would be interested in a more localized delivery service. The survey had overwhelmingly positive responses, so [Founder’s Name] immediately began to research all the necessary elements to build his own delivery service.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] on [date of incorporation]. He has been primarily running the business from his home and personal vehicle but has found a potential commercial office space to lease. Once the lease is approved, all operations will be run from there. He will also purchase delivery vans that will be specifically used for delivery services and other business-related reasons.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Located a commercial office space and wrote a Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo and website
- Developed the app and began testing it
- Began recruiting key employees and drivers
- Began partnering with local businesses and stores
- Surveyed other possible locations for expansion
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] will deliver parcels, packages, and documents from local companies to their local destinations. We can deliver almost any product, including medical products, perishables, and legal documents. Packages can be of any size and weight, as long as they fit into one of our vehicles.
Furthermore, we offer a variety of shipping methods from economy to express and priority. We are flexible with what we deliver, as we want to fulfill all of our customer’s delivery news. Below are a few of the services that our customers will enjoy with us:
- Same day delivery
- On-call services
- Monthly rates and volume discounts
- Route delivery
- Special handling services and requests
Customers can order their services either by calling us or setting up an order in our app.
III. Industry Analysis
Thanks to the digital age, there is great demand for delivery services. From food and groceries to medical products, every industry needs to transport goods and packages to its partners and customers. Almost every business and customer buys their products online these days, meaning that every business of every sector has some need for a delivery service.
Moreover, industries are demanding more from their couriers, such as same day delivery and special handling requests. Many national chains do not offer flexible pricing and services to meet their needs. Luckily, local couriers and delivery services can meet this demand.
The global courier service market was valued at $381 billion last year and is projected to reach $658.3 billion over the next 10 years. Furthermore, the industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 5.7%. This shows that the courier industry is booming and has no plans to change anytime soon. There has never been a better time to start a delivery service.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will primarily serve local businesses located in [location]. We are open to serving most industries, including medical, legal, and real estate. However, we are also open to helping local residents with their delivery needs as well.
Customer Segmentation
We will primarily target the following customer segments:
- Local businesses: Our primary customer segment will be local businesses across a variety of industries. We aim to develop long-term relationships with these businesses while providing specialized delivery services that exceed expectations. We expect to make a majority of our revenue from these businesses so much of our marketing efforts will target them.
- Solopreneurs: Solopreneurs (such as solo attorneys and personal financial advisors) have unique businesses and require exceptional delivery services. Their needs are often not accommodated well by large chain delivery models. We offer flexible and special services to help solopreneurs with all of their requests.
- Individuals: Local residents have their own unique delivery needs as well. Though we expect most of our sales to come through businesses, we will offer special delivery services to individuals who want a more personalized delivery experience.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following delivery service companies do business within a 20-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Downtown Courier Services
Downtown Courier Services has been a successful courier and delivery service in downtown [location] for years. They provide delivery services to a variety of businesses located downtown and offer great services such as same day delivery, special handling requests, and on call services.
Though Downtown Courier Services is likely to remain successful, they operate in an extremely limited market. They only cater to businesses located in downtown [location] and only deliver packages for a handful of industries. [Company Name] will have a much larger market and geographic range of operation.
National Parcel Service
Established in 1977, National Parcel Service has been a dominant delivery company nationwide. Offering a variety of print, ship, and delivery services, it has become a convenient delivery service for both businesses and individuals.
While we expect National Parcel Service to continue to thrive, the business’ reputation has drastically decreased over recent years. Price hikes, restrictions on services, and labor strikes have given the company a negative public outlook. Individuals and local businesses expect high-quality services when prices increase, and National Parcel Service has not delivered on that. Furthermore, National Parcel Service does not have a history of maintaining long-term relationships with its customers nor treating its employees well. Local residents and companies are looking for a more ethical and friendly service to use instead.
Medical Delivery Inc.
Medical Delivery Inc. has provided an essential service for medical offices and health professionals since 1995. They deliver all sorts of medical products, including equipment, lab specimens, and test results. They also offer on-call services, same day delivery, and fixed route deliveries.
While Medical Delivery Inc. will continue to thrive, they only deliver medical products and are not open to delivering for other industries. Therefore, we will only see competition from them in this one sector.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Client-oriented service: [Company Name] will put a focus on customer service and maintaining long-term relationships. We aim to be the best delivery service in the area by catering to our customer’s needs and developing a strong connection with them.
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the industry and will be able to use his previous experience to provide the best delivery and customer service experiences. His unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Name]’s competitors.
- Relationships: [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, business managers and other influencers within [location]. With his [X] years of experience and good relationships with business leaders in the area, he will be able to develop an initial client base.
- Technology: The delivery service market is one industry that struggles to keep up with technology. Unlike our competitors we will develop an app that will make scheduling delivery services quick and painless. However, we still have a phone number and website for those who prefer to schedule their services through those mediums.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a strong competitor in the delivery service market. Customers can expect great customer service, speedy delivery, and an overall wonderful experience by ordering through our delivery service.
Promotions Strategy
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Safe and secured local deliveries of any package type, size, or weight
- Service built on long-term relationships and personal attention
- Premium services at affordable prices
Advertisement
Advertisements in print publications like newspapers, magazines, etc., are an excellent way for businesses to connect with their audience. The company will advertise its company offerings in popular local magazines and news dailies. Obtaining relevant placements in industry magazines and journals will also help in increasing brand visibility.
Social Media Marketing
Social media is one of the most cost-effective and practical marketing methods for improving brand visibility. The company will use social media to develop engaging content and post customer reviews to increase audience awareness and loyalty.
Website
[Company Name] will develop a professional website where people can learn about our service and the industries covered. The website will utilize SEO to increase traffic, and to ensure that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Billboards
[Company Name] will secure a billboard in the area that captures the attention of residents and local businesses. The billboard will draw attention to the new business and its service offerings.
Referrals
[Company Name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The company will encourage its clients to refer other businesses by providing economic or financial incentives for every new client produced.
Special Offers
Offers and incentives are an excellent approach to assisting businesses in replenishing the churn in their customer base that they lose each year. The company will introduce special offers to attract new consumers and encourage repeat deliveries, which will be quite advantageous in the long run.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be moderate, so customers feel they receive great value for their customized and professional delivery services. The customer can expect to receive quality services at a more affordable price than what they pay at pricey national courier services.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
To execute [Company Name]’s business model, the company needs to perform several functions, including the following:
Service Functions
- Driving to customers and picking up packages
- Delivering packages in a timely manner
- Getting signatures when required
- Providing excellent customer service throughout the process
Technology Functions
- Curating the app and website for the best customer experience
- Troubleshooting problems and errors
- Creating frequent updates to keep up with latest technology changes
Administrative Functions
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- Scheduling deliveries
- General customer service
- Hiring and training staff
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is owned and run by [Founder’s Name]. [Founder’s Name] has worked for national delivery services for [X] years, serving as a driver, manager, and trainer for much of that time. He has found the work highly rewarding, but discovered that national chains are often too expensive for customers and lack the personal detail a local company can provide.
Though he has never run a delivery service himself, he has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the business, including the operations side (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business management side (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.).
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the Manager and CEO of [Company Name]. The following personnel are what the company needs to hire:
- Drivers (3 to start)
- Administrative staff (1 to start)
- Software and app developers (1 to start)
- Customer service associates (2 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenue will primarily come from delivery fees and providing extra services (such as on-call services).
The major costs drivers for the company will consist of salaries, marketing costs, vehicle purchases and maintenance, and lease expenses.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $575,000 to launch. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $200,000
- Vehicle purchases and maintenance: $200,000
- Technology development and maintenance: $50,000
- Working capital: $125,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of customers per day | |
---|---|
FY 1 | 75 |
FY 2 | 100 |
FY 3 | 125 |
FY 4 | 150 |
FY 5 | 175 |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $50,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Escape Room Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Escape Room Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Escape Room or expand your current Escape Room, you need a business plan.
The following Escape Room business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Escape Room business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Escape Room business plan:
Escape Room Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Ice Cream Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Ice Cream Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start an Ice Cream Shop business or expand your current Ice Cream Shop business, you need a business plan.
The following Ice Cream Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Ice Cream Parlor business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example ice cream business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Ice Cream Shop Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Tire Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Tire Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start a tire shop business or expand your current tire shop, you need a business plan.
The following tire store business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Tire Shop business plan.
Example Business Plan For Tire Shops
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful tire shop business.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company analysis includes information about your business concept, tire products, tire shop services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the tire shop industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market and customer segments.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage over other tire shops.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Car Rental Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Car Rental Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Car Rental business or expand your current Car Rental business, you need a business plan.
The following Car Rental business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning rental car business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of your Car Rental business plan:
Car Rental Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free car rental business plan template. You can also click here to get our car rental business plan template pdf.
Vape Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Vape Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Vape Shop business or expand your current Vape Shop business, you need a business plan.
The following Vape Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Vape Shop business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful smoke shop business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Vape Shop Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Digital Marketing Agency Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Digital Marketing Agency Business Plan Template
If you want to start a new Digital Marketing Agency or expand your current Digital Marketing Agency, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning plan for your own digital marketing company. This digital marketing business plan can be used for a full-service digital marketing agency, social media marketing agency, email marketing agency, creative agency, or another type of agency that provides marketing and/or advertising services. In addition to this template, conducting market research for your target market will help you identify potential market trends and customer segments to better understand the viability of your digital marketing agency.
Sample Business Plan For a Digital Marketing Agency
Below are links to the key sections of a successful Digital Marketing Agency business plan. You can also click here to get our sample digital marketing agency business plan pdf.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Staffing Agency Business Plan Template [2024]
Staffing Agency Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Staffing Agency, Recruitment Agency, Employment Agency or expand your current Staffing Agency, you need a business plan.
The following Staffing Agency business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning staffing agency business plan, employment agency business plan or a recruitment agency business plan.
Below is an outline of each of the key sections of a staffing agency business plan.
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
Located at the heart of [City], [Company Name] is a recruiting and staffing agency that helps local businesses to find talented staff across different fields like accounting, banking and finance, administration, marketing, and information technology. It specializes in talent pooling and acquisition and provides assistance with hiring new employees for temporary and long-term positions.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name] in [Year] when he decided that he needed to take a break from just enforcing company policies and practices as an assistant Human Resource Manager for a known company in [Location]. He realized that there is a growing need for an agency that would help more job seekers find the companies that would maximize their potential and benefit from their expertise.
Putting the best interest of both the employers and job seekers, [Company Name] performs extensive background checks to make sure that they have a network of competent and highly qualified job seekers that matches the needs of companies in different industries.
Products Served
[Company Name] will be able to provide clients with the following services:
- General recruitment
- IT Recruitment
- Business and Finance recruitment
- Contract Staffing
- Manpower Outsourcing
- Staff Augmentation
- Executive Search and Selection (ESS)
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve the residents who live within a 15-mile radius. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 78,827 residents
- 2,500 workers
- Average income of $65,000
- 41% married
- 49% in Mgt./Professional occupations
- Median age: 26 years
Management Team
The most valuable asset of [Company Name] is the expertise and experience of its founder, [Founder’s Name]. He has been working in the human resource management field since [year] and was one of [Other Company Name]’s top employees. He also has a degree in Human Resource Management and is SHRM-certified. Thus, he is highly qualified and credible to manage the staffing agency.
The team also includes a his highly-skilled and professional assistant manager who will help manage the company’s operations. He will be trained in all the important company processes and operations by [Founder’s Name] so he will be able to take over in absence of [Founder’s Name].
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- [Company Name] will fill a specific market niche in the growing community we are entering. In addition, we have surveyed the local population and received extremely positive feedback saying that there is indeed a need for reliable staffing agencies in the area.
- Majority of our location’s residents and workers are job seekers who are either fresh graduates or professionals who are looking for a new work environment.
- The management team has a track record of success in the human resource and staffing industry.
- The staffing agency business has proven to be a successful business in the United States.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $200,000 of debt capital to open its staffing agency. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, salaries, marketing expenses and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Location design/build: $100,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a recruiting and staffing agency located at the heart of [City] that helps local businesses to find talented staff across different fields like accounting, banking and finance, administration, marketing, and information technology. It specializes in talent pooling and acquisition and provides assistance with hiring new employees for temporary and long-term positions.
Putting the best interest of both the employers and job seekers, [Company Name] performs extensive background checks to make sure that they have a network of competent and highly qualified job seekers that matches the needs of companies in different industries.
[Company Name]’s History
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name] in [Year] when he decided that he needed to take a break from just enforcing company policies and practices as an assistant Human Resource Manager for a known company in [Location]. He realized that there is a growing need for a staffing agency that would help more job seekers find the companies that would maximize their potential and benefit from their expertise. With the connections that he built through his years of experience in human resource management, and his passion for promoting career development, he was able to start [Company Name]. It didn’t take long before the company was able to gain the trust of [x] companies and [x] job seekers.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found office space and signed Letter of Intent to lease it
- Established their company as a limited liability company (LLC)
- Developed the company’s name, logo and website located at [website]
- Determined equipment and fixture requirements
- Began recruiting excellent job seekers from different fields.
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] will be able to provide clients with the following services:
- General recruitment
- IT Recruitment
- Business and Finance recruitment
- Contract Staffing
- Manpower Outsourcing
- Staff Augmentation
- Executive Search and Selection (ESS)
III. Industry Analysis
Over the past five years the Staffing Agency industry has recorded growth due to a growing US labor market and overall economic improvements. Unemployment rates had dropped to historical lows. As a result, industry revenue increased rapidly as the national unemployment rate declined 14.2%. The number of temporary employees increased throughout the current period, bolstering demand for industry services. Overall, industry revenue is projected to increase an annualized 1.6% over the next five years.
Corporate profit is anticipated to grow an annualized 10.4% over the next five years, driving businesses to expand operations. Corporations will look to preserve their profit and look to temporary employees. Workers looking to rejoin the labor force will likely continue to present an opportunity for industry operators, since they will remain open to temporary roles in hopes of securing a permanent position in the future. Overall, industry revenue is expected to increase an annualized 2.3% to $201.7 billion. Similarly, industry profit is expected to increase slightly to 5.6%.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the residents of [company location] and the immediately surrounding areas in a 15-mile radius. The area is populated mostly by several startup companies and expanding businesses in need of highly-skilled labor force; as a result, they have the budget to spend for a staffing agency.
The precise demographics of the town in which our location resides is as follows:
San Antonio | Fort Worth | |
---|---|---|
Total Population | 1,526,097 | 890,725 |
Square Miles | 505 | 355 |
Population Density | 3,789 | 2,710 |
Forecasted Population Change by 2014 | -0.02% | -3.76% |
Population Male | 48.04% | 48.84% |
Population Female | 51.96% | 51.16% |
Target Population by Age Group | ||
Age 18-24 | 3.68% | 3.52% |
Age 25-34 | 5.22% | 4.50% |
Age 35-44 | 13.80% | 13.91% |
Age 45-54 | 18.09% | 18.22% |
Target Population by Income | ||
Income $50,000 to $74,999 | 11.16% | 6.00% |
Income $75,000 to $99,999 | 10.91% | 4.41% |
Income $100,000 to $124,999 | 9.07% | 6.40% |
Income $125,000 to $149,999 | 9.95% | 8.02% |
Income $150,000 to $199,999 | 12.20% | 11.11% |
Income $200,000 and Over | 32.48% | 54.99% |
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following customer segments:
- Job seekers: These are individuals with extensive and reliable work experience who are looking for either short-term or long-term employment.
- Offices: These are workplaces that are in need of administrative employees, accountants, IT personnel, maintenance personnel, and other skilled workers.
- Businesses: These are establishments in need of manpower services for their daily business operations.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The staffing agency’s competitors will be other staffing & recruitment agencies, such as:
Rand Corporation
Rand is an HR consulting and staffing business. Founded in 1960, the company has over 4,000 offices across 38 countries. They also placed more than 649,00 people in temporary or permanent employment, with about 318,500 workers placed into temporary positions last year. The company provides services through three key business divisions: staffing, professionals and in-house solutions. It screens temporary employees for the industrial and administrative sectors.
Express Staffing
Express Staffing is a staffing company that provides work for some 566,000 employees each year. It operates on a franchise business model from a network of more than 800 employment agency offices across the US and Canada. It helps fill full-time, temporary, and part-time positions in a range of sectors that span Professional, Light Industrial, and Office Services. Professional employment includes accounting, engineering, IT, sales and marketing, HR, and legal sector positions, while Light Industrial covers assignments such as assembly, maintenance, and warehousing. Bob Funk and Bill Stoller founded the firm in 1983. Since its founding, Express Employment Professionals has put more than 7.7 million people to work. M
Woodly Personnel Services
Established in 1988, Wood Personnel Services (WPS) is a staffing and employment agency serving the southern states. It works to tailor staffing solutions to its clients’ and candidates’ unique needs. WPS operates two divisions: Professional Staffing Services, IT Placement and Executive search.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over other staffing agencies. These advantages include:
- Client-oriented service: [Company Name] will have full-time professional consultants always ready to keep in contact with its clients and answer their questions.
- Detail Oriented: The company attends to the smallest details of both the job seekers and the companies to make sure that their needs are met and delays and unnecessary stress are avoided.
- Efficient online service: With the use of its online tracking system, [Company Name] assures that it will deliver its services on a timely basis and keep its clients up-to-date of their application status. This also promotes transparency and trust.
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in human resource management and will be able to use his previous experience to assure clients of the care that [Company Name] will take to do the job right. His unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Name’s] competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived in the community for 10 years, [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, newspapers and other influences. Furthermore, he will be able to draw from his existing personal and professional relationships to develop an initial client base.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Convenient location
- Client-focused documentation, recruitment, and deployment services, that treat each client according to their needs.
- Well-trained staff that prioritizes customer satisfaction and excellent results
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Comfortable, customer-focused environment
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name]’s market analysis shows that its target market will be individuals working and/or living within a 15-mile radius of its location, as well as businesses. [The Company’s] promotions strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Local Publications
[Company name] will announce its opening several weeks in advance through publicity pieces in multiple local newspapers and publications. Regular advertisements will run to maintain exposure to relevant markets. Community newspapers, school publications, sports programs, and similar channels will be a major promotion effort.
Community Events/Organizations
[Company name] will promote itself by distributing marketing materials and participating in local community events, such as school fairs, local festivals, homeowner associations, or sporting events.
Commuter Advertising
We will drive attention to [Company name] by hiring workers to hold signs alongside [route or highway]. Advertising on heavily traveled commute routes are an opportunity to alert large numbers of working individuals with disposable income of our opening.
Internet
[Company Name] will invest resources in two forms of geographically-focused internet promotion—organic search engine optimization and pay-per-click advertising. The Company will develop its website in such a manner as to direct as much traffic from search engines as possible. Additionally, it will use highly-focused, specific keywords to draw traffic to its website, where potential clients will find a content-rich site that presents [Company Name] as the trustworthy staffing agency that it is.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
The Company intends to employ [X] working staff and [A] recruitment consultants. [Company name] anticipates having [Z] customers on a monthly basis.
In order to execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the Company needs to perform several functions. [Company name] anticipates using the services of X employees, divided into the following roles.
Service Functions
- Finding clients in need of qualified staffing
- Recruiting and vetting individuals looking for employment
Administrative Functions
- General & administrative functions including marketing, bookkeeping, documentation, etc.
- Human Resource functions- Hiring and training staff
Milestones
[Company Name]’s long term goal is to revolutionize the staffing agency industry and become the best in the [city] area. We seek to do this by ensuring customer satisfaction and developing a loyal and successful clientele.
The following are a series of steps that will lead to this long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name]’s most valuable asset is the expertise and experience of its founder, [Founder’s Name]. He has been in the human resource management and staffing industry since [year] and was one of [Other Company Name]’s top employees. He also has a degree in Human Resource Management and is SHRM-certified. Thus, he is highly qualified and credible to manage [Company Name].
[Company name] will also employ an experienced assistant manager to manage the company’s operations and help with the business planning process. He will be trained in all the important company processes and operations by [Founder’s Name] so he will be able to take over in absence of [Founder’s Name].
Hiring Plan
In order to launch the business, we will hire the following employees:
- Recruitment consultants: 3 full-time employees to manage the day to day job application and consultations
- Administrative Assistant: Must be organized, with good phone skills, facility with numbers for bookkeeping, and good writing skills.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from the general recruitment and consultations.
The major costs of [Company Name] include:
- Salaries
- Lease on business location
Moreover, ongoing marketing expenditures are also notable cost mechanics for [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $200,000 of debt capital to open its staffing agency. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, salaries, marketing expenses, other startup costs and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Location design/build: $100,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of clients per month | Per location |
---|---|
Year 1 | 10 |
Year 2 | 15 |
Year 3 | 20 |
Year 4 | 25 |
Year 5 | 30 |
Annual Lease ( per location) | $50,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Click below to see each section of our free staffing agency business plan template. You can also click here to get our staffing agency business plan pdf.
Bookkeeping Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Bookkeeping Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful bookkeeping business or expand your current bookkeeping company, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of bookkeeping business plans.
The following bookkeeping business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For Bookkeeping Businesses
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located in [insert location here] is a new bookkeeping firm that focuses on providing reliable expertise and exceptional customer service. The company is owned and operated by an experienced accountant who has been working in the industry for over fifteen years.
Products Served
[Company Name] will provide a full range of bookkeeping services for individuals and small businesses.
- Billing services for small business
- Bookkeeping and compilation services for small business
- Tax filing and preparation services for small business and individuals
- General accounting services for small business and individuals
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve individuals and small businesses within a 30-mile radius of the firm’s office. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 120,000 individuals
- Average income of $74,700
- 58.9% married
- 49.6% in management/professional occupations
- Median age: 38 years
- 1,500 businesses
- Under 100 employees (average is 42)
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], an experienced accountant who has been managing a large bookkeeping firm in [location] for the past eight years. She graduated from [University] with an accounting degree and has been working at a large payroll firm since then, starting at an entry level position and working her way up to a management level role.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- There is a need for affordable bookkeeping services within the community. Currently, the area is served exclusively by two large firms that serve corporate clients and one small startup bookkeeping firm that operates 100% online and has no brick-and-mortar presence.
- The firm’s office will be centrally located in a high-traffic commercial area, with easy access from multiple thoroughfares.
- The management team has a track record of success in the bookkeeping business.
- Market trends such as changes to regulations and filing processes have spurred demand for bookkeeping services.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $150,000 of debt capital to open its bookkeeping firm.
- Office design/build: $40,000
- Working capital: $110,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located in [insert location here] is a newly established bookkeeping company that will provide a variety of bookkeeping services for individuals and small businesses. The firm aims to be the community’s go-to source for reliable bookkeeping expertise and exceptional customer service. The company is owned and operated by an experienced accountant who has been working in the industry for over fifteen years.
[Company Name] was founded by [Founder’s Name], a local accountant who has been in a management role for a large bookkeeping firm in [location] for the past eight years. She graduated from [University] with an accounting degree in [Year] and has been working at a large payroll firm since then. [Founder] started out in an entry level position with the firm and has been working in progressively responsible roles where she learned how to manage and run a bookkeeping business before starting [Company name].
[Founder] began researching what it would take to start her own bookkeeping company and did a thorough analysis on the costs, market, demographics, and competition. [Founder] has compiled enough information to develop her business plan in order to approach investors.
[Company Name]’s History
Once her market analysis was complete, [Founder] began surveying the local office space for lease and identified an ideal location for the bookkeeping firm. [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as a Limited Liability Corporation on [date of incorporation].
Once the lease is finalized on the office space, interior design work can begin to make the office an appealing place to meet with clients.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- Located available office space for rent that is ideal for the bookkeeping firm
- Developed the Company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Hired an interior decorating company to design and furnish the office
- Determined equipment and necessary supplies
- Began recruiting key employees with bookkeeping experience
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
Below are [Company Name]’s product and service offerings:
A team of bookkeeping professionals will provide the following services:
- Billing services for small business
- Bookkeeping and compilation services for small business
- Tax filing and preparation services for small business and individuals
- General accounting services for small business and individuals
III. Industry Analysis
The United States Bookkeeping Industry is forecast to generate more than $60B this year. According to research reports, the largest bookkeeping firm in America generates approximately $9.5B annually. There are currently over 1.5M bookkeepers employed throughout the United States.
The top bookkeeping firms industry-wide are Automatic Data Processing (ADP) ($9.5B in annual revenue), Intuit ($7.8B in annual revenue), and Paychex ($4.0 in annual revenue). All other bookkeeping firms in the United States combined generate approximately $43.5B in annual revenue. An estimated 42% of industry revenue is generated through payroll services. Additional services such as billing, general accounting, tax preparation, and bookkeeping make up the remainder.
One of the biggest challenges for bookkeeping firms is the ability to keep up with changes in regulations. Additional hurdles include recruiting and retaining high quality employees, keeping up with evolving technology, and acquiring new clients.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve individuals and small businesses in the community of [company location] and its surrounding areas.
The community of [company location] has thousands of individuals and small businesses who would benefit from affordable bookkeeping services.
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Private businesses: Private businesses require payroll and bookkeeping services to track employee activity and ensure that payments meet stringent regulation and tax requirements. Businesses also use bookkeeping services to track the volume and detail of financial transactions.
- Individuals: Individuals primarily use bookkeeping services; however, they also request assistance for things such as specialized reports and tax assistance.
- Government and nonprofit organizations: Government entities and nonprofit organizations use some payroll and bookkeeping services; however, they generally hire internal staff.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following businesses are located within a 30-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Young & Mitchell
Founded in the 1930’s, Young & Mitchell has intentionally remained a small business so that the core group of professionals within the company could get to intimately know each one of their clients. The company is one of the leading tax firms in the Four State Region and offers financial guides and tax tools for individuals for free. Listed below is an outline of the services that the company offers according to their website:
- Tax Preparation and Planning Services
- Assurance and Advisory Services
- Estate and Trust Planning and Tax Preparation
- Bookkeeping/Write-up
- IRS Representation
- Accounting Services
- Audits, Reviews, and Compilation
- QuickBooks Accounting Help and Assistance
- Entity Selection and Restructuring
- Payroll Services
A Plus General Bookkeeping Services
A Plus General Bookkeeping Services is a bookkeeping firm that specializes in financial strategy and consulting for businesses of all sizes. The firm has been in business for over a decade and has acquired a loyal client base.
Clients may work with accountants in person, over the phone, through email, on video conferencing software, or completely through a new digital application. Although this firm has an excellent track record for service, it is also the most expensive bookkeeping company on the market.
Smith Brothers Accounting
Established in 1974, Smith Brothers Accounting is a privately held Accountant practice that offers a wide variety of financial services including tax planning and preparation, payroll processing, financial planning and small business accounting. Smith Brothers Accounting serves individuals and businesses.
Smith Brothers Accounting Services:
- Business Services
- Tax Services
- Individual Services
- Notary Services
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. Those advantages include:
- Location: [Company Name] is centrally-located in the community, which provides ease of access for clients. The firm’s office will be located between the retail and business districts, making it accessible to a larger customer base.
- Competitive pricing: [Company Name]’s pricing is more affordable than its closest competitors.
- Management: The management team has years of accounting experience that allows the Company to market to and serve clients in a much more sophisticated manner than competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived in the community for over 25 years, [Founder’s Name] knows all of the local leaders, newspapers, and other influencers. As such, it will be relatively easy for [Company Name] to build brand awareness and an initial customer base.
VI. Marketing Plan
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a reliable source for bookkeeping services at an affordable price with a guarantee of accuracy. Clients can expect to receive the best bookkeeping services on the market from skilled accountants and bookkeepers in [location].
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Client-focused bookkeeping services
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Thorough knowledge of the latest regulations
- Big-firm expertise in a small-firm environment
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be individuals and small businesses within a 30-mile radius of its location. The Company’s promotion strategy to reach these customers includes:
Targeted Cold Calls
[Company name] will initially invest significant time and energy into contacting potential clients via telephone. In order to improve the effectiveness of this phase of the marketing strategy, a highly-focused call list will be used, targeting individuals in areas and occupations that are most likely to demand the services of a bookkeeper. As this is a very time-consuming process, it will primarily be used during the startup phase to build an initial client base.
Referrals
[Company name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The Company will encourage its clients to refer others by providing economic or financial incentives for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness after the business has already been established.
Direct Mail
The Company will use a direct mail campaign to promote its brand and draw clients, as well. The campaign will blanket specific neighborhoods with simple, effective mail advertisements that highlight the credentials and credibility of [Company Name] as a bookkeeping firm.
Billboards and Commercials
Advertisements such as billboards placed in high trafficked areas will be used as well as commercials that will be shown on tv, streaming platforms, and radio stations.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest heavily in developing a professional website that displays all of the features and benefits of the bookkeeping company. It will also invest heavily in SEO so that the brand’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Pre-Opening Events
Before opening the bookkeeping firm, [Company Name] will organize pre-opening events designed for prospective customers, local community, and press contacts. These events will create buzz and awareness for [Company Name] in the area.
Print Advertising
Advertisements in print publications like newspapers, magazines, etc., are an excellent way for businesses to connect with their audience. The Company will advertise its company offerings in local magazines and newspapers.
Social Media Marketing
Social media is one of the most cost-effective and practical marketing methods for improving brand visibility. The Company will use social media to develop engaging content and post customer reviews that will increase audience awareness and loyalty.
Special Offers
Offers and incentives are an excellent approach to assisting businesses in replenishing the churn in their customer base that they lose each year. The Company will introduce special offers to attract new clients and encourage repeat business.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will be moderate so consumers feel they receive great value when purchasing the bookkeeping services. The client can expect to receive quality bookkeeping services at a more affordable price than what they pay at other accounting firms.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will carry out its operations at its headquarters in [Location]. To execute on [Company Name]’s business model, the Company needs to perform several functions, including the following:
Service Functions
- Bookkeeping and Auditing Services
- Tax Preparation Services
- Financial Consulting and Advisory Services
- Customer Service
Administrative Functions
- General and administrative functions including legal/compliance, marketing, bookkeeping, etc.
- Hiring and training staff
- Brand management/social media
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is headed by its founder, [Founder’s Name] who is an experienced accountant that has been managing a large bookkeeping firm in [location] for the past eight years. She graduated from [University] with an accounting degree and has been working at the large bookkeeping firm since then, starting at an entry level position and working her way up to a management position.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Owner and Manager of [Company Name]. In order to launch, she needs to hire the following personnel:
- Assistant Manager: 1 full-time employee to manage the day-to-day office operations and assist [Founder] with managerial duties.
- Tax preparation specialists: 2-3 who will work in the office full time.
- Financial consultants: 2-3 who will work on an appointment basis.
- Office staff: 2 employees who will manage the phone calls, scheduling, bookkeeping, marketing, clerical, billing, and any administrative task required.
- Brand manager: 1 full-time employee who will be responsible for developing and launching the brand; manage the website, and social media accounts.
- Sales and marketing staff: 2 employees to manage outbound sales activities.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from its bookkeeping services. The major costs for the company will be salaries of the staff, which are paid through a combination of salaries and commission. In the initial years, the company’s marketing spend will be high, as it establishes itself in the market. Moreover, rent for the prime location is also one of the notable cost drivers for the [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $150,000 of debt capital to open its bookkeeping firm. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and office build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing and branding expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $40,000
- Working capital: $110,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Number of clients | |
---|---|
Year 1 | 42 |
Year 2 | 63 |
Year 3 | 96 |
Year 4 | 162 |
Year 5 | 243 |
Annual rent | $36,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Car Detailing Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Car Detailing Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Car Detailing business or expand your current Car Detailing business, you need a business plan.
The following car detailing business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. It will help you if you need a traditional auto detailing business plan or a mobile detailing business plan. That’s because a mobile car detailing business plan is very similar to the traditional car detailing business plan except for the location. You will specify which one you operate in a few sections of your business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful Car Detailing business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
Car Detailing Business Plan Home
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
School Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
School Business Plan
If you want to start a school or expand your current school, you need a business plan.
The following school business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning business plan. In addition to this template, a well-crafted plan will include market research to help you better understand the school industry, market trends, your competitive advantage and your target market. It will also help you craft a smart marketing strategy and a strong financial plan.
Below are links to each of the key components of an education business plan to help you launch a successful school. This can be used for a variety of school business plans, including a private school business plan, a charter school, public schools, independent schools, virtual schools, primary or secondary education.
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview – The company overview includes information about your business concept, academic and extracurricular activities offered, and legal structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the education industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target customers.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy, examples of marketing materials, and search engine optimization plan.
- Operations Plan – The operations plan includes information on your school’s day-to-day operations and processes.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the organizational structure, school leaders, their experience and responsibilities.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Download our business plan template (including a full financial projections model and financial statements).
YouTube Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
YouTube Business Plan Template
If you want to start a successful YouTube business or expand your current YouTube channel business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of YouTube business plans.
The following YouTube business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Sample Business Plan For YouTube Businesses
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located in [Location] is a new YouTube business that focuses on providing informative, step-by-step makeup tutorials and honest beauty product reviews. The company is led by [Founder Name], a certified esthetician who has been working in the makeup industry for over a decade. [Company Name] aims to be the most useful, engaging, and fun beauty channel on YouTube.
Services
[Company Name] will provide weekly 30-minute tutorials on makeup application techniques for a variety of purposes from everyday wear to weddings and other special events.
The company will include new beauty and skincare products in each video, providing honest reviews while trying the products out for the first time. All products used will be from brands promoting clean, healthy, and eco-friendly production methods.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will serve YouTube viewers who are interested in makeup application techniques and clean beauty products worldwide. The demographics of this audience are as follows:
- An estimated 46% of global YouTube users are female
- Approximately 81% of all U.S. adults watch YouTube
- 80% of female adults in the U.S. watch YouTube
- 95% of 18 to 29 year-olds in the U.S. watch YouTube
- 91% of 30 to 49 year-olds in the U.S. watch YouTube
- Roughly 39% of women wear makeup daily and an estimated 9 out of 10 of these women prefer clean beauty products.
- Average income $46,000
- Median age: 35 years
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], a certified esthetician who runs a salon in [Location]. She has been providing makeup and skincare services for over ten years. [Founder] has been featured in multiple beauty magazines and has gained a large following for her award-winning makeup application techniques. [Founder] now wants to share her expertise with a wider audience through her new YouTube channel.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The company will be providing valuable information to its audience in a fun and engaging way.
- The company is led by a well-known esthetician who has amassed a dedicated fanbase for her award-winning makeup application techniques.
- The YouTube channel business is a proven business model that has brought success to creators throughout the world.
- There has been significant growth in the number of beauty customers looking for clean makeup and skincare products. Companies who cater to this market have been thriving.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $100,000 of debt capital to start its YouTube channel business.
- Salon set design/build-out: $25,000
- Materials, supplies, and initial products: $25,000
- Working capital: $50,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and operational costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located in [Location] is a newly established YouTube business that will provide informative and fun makeup and beauty videos showcasing honest product reviews on clean skincare products. The company is owned and operated by [Founder], a licensed esthetician with over ten years of experience working in the beauty industry. She has gained a dedicated following for her unique makeup application techniques and wants to share her knowledge with a wider audience through her new YouTube channel.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder] began researching what it would take to create her own YouTube company and did a thorough analysis on the costs, market, demographics, and competition. [Founder] has compiled enough information to develop her business plan in order to approach investors.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- Developed the company’s name, logo, website, and YouTube channel.
- Began reaching out to skincare and beauty product brands to start getting products to review.
- Determined equipment requirements for filming professional-looking YouTube videos.
- Began recruiting key personnel to help with video editing, social media marketing, and other administrative tasks.
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] will provide its audience with high quality videos on the following topics:
- Everyday makeup tutorials
- Special event makeup tutorials
- Costume/Halloween makeup tutorials
- Skincare and beauty vlogs
- Clean beauty and skincare product reviews
- Videos with sponsored brand ambassadors for popular products
III. Industry Analysis
YouTube creators belong to the $104B creator market that also encompasses creators on platforms such as Twitch, Shutterstock, Apple Podcasts, Patreon, Podia, and Udemy.
There are currently more than 51M YouTube channels, up 36% from this time last year. There are approximately 29,000 YouTube channels with a high volume of subscribers (1M or more subscribers each). Of these 29,000 channels, 700 have more than 10M subscribers.
YouTube creators operate within a wide range of niches. Some of the most popular channel niches include DIY tutorials, fashion, beauty, product reviews, vlogs, technical videos, gaming, storytime, and educational content.
Differentiation can be a challenge for new YouTube creators. To be competitive in the market, it’s important for creators to determine their unique niche and target audience, and then make sure to create videos that cater to that specific audience.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve YouTube viewers who are interested in makeup application techniques and clean beauty products worldwide. The demographics of this audience are as follows:
- An estimated 46% of global YouTube users are female
- Approximately 81% of all U.S. adults watch YouTube
- 80% of female adults in the U.S. watch YouTube
- 95% of 18 to 29 year-olds in the U.S. watch YouTube
- 91% of 30 to 49 year-olds in the U.S. watch YouTube
- Roughly 39% of women wear makeup daily and an estimated 9 out of 10 of these women prefer clean beauty products.
- Average income of $46,000
- Median age: 35 years
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Gen Z and millennial YouTube viewers who wear makeup on a daily basis and prefer clean beauty products: These two age groups are the most likely to use YouTube product reviews as a guide for their beauty product purchases.
- Makeup enthusiasts: This group of people likes to try out new application techniques and new beauty products. They are also likely to make purchasing decisions based on YouTube reviews.
- People getting ready for special events: The company will also target people looking for unique makeup application techniques to use for events such as weddings, costume parties, professional photoshoots, or any other special occasion where they want to look their best.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following Youtube creators expected to be the key competitors for [Company Name] due to their current brand and resources:
Amy Makeup
Amy Makeup is a successful YouTube creator who has gained a large subscriber list over the past five years with her engaging makeup tutorials. Amy Makeup also sells her own makeup products through her YouTube channel. She specializes in Halloween and costume makeup and has been featured in some of the top beauty magazines for her one-of-a-kind looks. The biggest drawback of Amy Makeup’s channel is that it does not focus on clean beauty brands, but rather promotes products from a variety of less-than-reputable brands.
Emily’s Makeup & Beauty Vlog
Emily’s Makeup & Beauty Vlog provides detailed makeup tutorials and product reviews on a weekly basis. The YouTube channel features a wide range of makeup brands from all over the world. Emily’s channel focuses on products she uses as well as products she would not use and provides inside information on the ingredients and production process. Emily focuses on everyday makeup applications and is not well versed in special event makeup.
Surely Skincare
Surely Skincare is a popular YouTube channel featuring a pair of enthusiastic hosts that promote various skincare and beauty products. They are mostly known for their live makeup application tutorials and their fresh approach to skincare. The company has been in business for about ten years and has developed a large following of YouTube subscribers due to their unique branding.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. Those advantages include:
- Name Recognition: [Founder] has already gained a massive following for her unique makeup application techniques and charismatic personality.
- Niche: [Company Name] has identified a niche in the beauty industry for people looking specifically for clean makeup and skincare products.
- Known Expertise: Part of the marketing strategy is to showcase the founder’s expertise and knowledge in the industry. As a proven esthetician, she is an expert in makeup application and has a wide knowledge of beauty products.
VI. Marketing Plan
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
[Company Name] seeks to position its YouTube channel as a high quality source of information and entertainment. Viewers can expect to receive the best beauty and skincare advice on YouTube from a skilled esthetician.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Providing engaging and detailed makeup tutorial videos for both novices and experts to emulate.
- Providing honest product reviews on various beauty and skincare products.
- Promoting clean beauty products and brands.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be Gen Z and millennial YouTube viewers worldwide. [The Company]’s promotion strategy to reach these individuals includes:
Social Media Marketing
[Company Name] will invest heavily in a social media advertising campaign. The marketing manager will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographics.
Website/SEO
The Company will develop its website in such a manner as to direct as much traffic from search engines as possible. The original website designer will use knowledge of search engine optimization to orient the website’s content towards this end and begin a program of link exchange to move up the search engine rankings (particularly Google). Ongoing search engine optimization of this type will be executed by the marketing manager.
Pay-Per Click Advertising
[Company Name] will use highly-focused, specific keywords to draw traffic to its website through pay-per-click advertising on Google Adwords and banner ads on other appropriate websites (brokered by Google or another ad placement company).
Email Marketing
[Company Name] will publish a monthly email newsletter to tell customers about upcoming videos, events, and product reviews. Email addresses will be gathered from users who opt-in when using the website. In addition, emails presenting exciting new offers or products may be sent as often as once a week to customers who have opted-in to keep them informed of the latest information on the website.
Affiliate Website Partnerships
[Company Name]’s affiliate web program will allow other businesses and websites to earn commissions on products sold on the [Company Name] website by referring their site visitors to its website through links to the homepage or to specific products. Potential affiliates include beauty and skincare brands that have been endorsed by [Founder].
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing for advertisers will be moderate and on par with other YouTube creators. Advertisers will be charged $8.00 per 100 views of their ads that appear on the YouTube channel.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Founder] will hire a small team of personnel to carry out most of the day-to-day production operations. There will also be some administrative functions involved.
Production Functions
- Creating engaging videos
- Video editing
- Ongoing YouTube channel and website management
Administrative Functions
- General and administrative functions such as marketing, bookkeeping, scheduling, etc.
- Hiring and training small team of personnel
- Brand management and ongoing social media management
- Beauty product procurement
- Ongoing relationship management with advertisers
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], an established certified esthetician who runs a salon in [Location]. She has been providing makeup and skincare services for over ten years. [Founder] has been featured in multiple beauty magazines and has gained a large following for her award-winning makeup application techniques. [Founder] now wants to share her expertise with a wider audience through her new YouTube channel. Although she has no video production experience herself, she is comfortable in front of the camera and has hosted many successful public appearances.
Hiring Plan
[Founder] will serve as the Owner and Manager of [Company Name]. In order to launch, she needs to hire the following personnel:
- Sourcing Assistant who will be responsible for finding new beauty products and making deals with suppliers.
- Video Editor who will be responsible for helping with the video editing process to ensure all videos are of professional quality before being uploaded to YouTube.
- Administrative Assistant who will manage [Founder]’s schedule, meetings, appearances, correspondence, and related duties.
- Marketing Manager who will be responsible for the website, social media, public relations, and advertising activities for the company.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from advertising revenue from YouTube sponsors and paid product reviews from beauty brands.
The video equipment, makeup supplies, and labor expenses will be the key cost drivers of [Company Name]. The major cost drivers for the company’s operation will consist of:
- Salaries
- Video production equipment and makeup supplies
- Ongoing marketing expenses
- Business Insurance
- Taxes
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $100,000 of debt capital to start its YouTube channel business. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and video production equipment, hiring employees, marketing and branding expenses, and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Salon set design/build-out: $25,000
- Materials, supplies, and initial products: $25,000
- Working capital: $50,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and operational costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Construction Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Construction Business Plan
If you want to start a new construction company or expand your established business, you need a business plan.
The following construction business plan template gives you the key elements to include in an effective business plan. It can be used to create a commercial construction business plan, a general contractor business plan or business plans for residential construction, building construction or industrial construction.
Sample Business Plan For a Residential Construction Company
Below are links to each of the key sections of a construction company business plan example:
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview – The company analysis includes information about your business idea, the full service design and construction services you offer, and the business structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the construction industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market and the demographics and purchasing habits of these target customers.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan includes your overall marketing strategy, pricing strategy and what marketing techniques you will try to attract potential customers (i.e., email marketing, paid advertising, etc.).
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan includes information on your construction company’s day to day operations, expected operating costs and the bidding process for new construction jobs.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and management team including the officer manager and project managers, their experience and responsibilities.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan includes financial projections, including cash flow statements, income statements, and balance sheets for the next 5 years.
Hotel Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Hotel Business Plan
If you want to start a new hotel business or expand your existing hotel, you need an effective business plan.
The following hotel business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a solid business plan. In addition to this template, a solid plan will also include market research to help you better understand the hospitality industry trends, and how you plan to attract customers. It will also help you craft your mission statement, marketing plan and strong financial projections.
Sample Business Plan For a Boutique Hotel
Below are links to each of the key sections of a comprehensive business plan for a hotel:
- Executive Summary – The executive summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
- Company Overview – The company analysis includes information about your hotel concept, the hotel’s services and business structure.
- Industry Analysis – The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the hotel industry.
- Customer Analysis – The customer analysis provides an overview of your target market.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should identify your local competition (other hotel businesses, Airbnbs, etc.) and highlight your unique selling point.
- Marketing Plan – The marketing plan includes your hotel marketing strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
- Operations Plan – The operations plan includes information on your hotel operations and processes along with your business goals for long-term growth.
- Management Team – The management team section includes a profile of the hotel owner and hotel management team, their experience and job descriptions.
- Financial Plan – The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
IT Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
IT Business Plan Template
If you want to start an IT business or expand your current IT business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of IT business plans.
The following IT business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Example Business Plan For Your IT Business
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a new IT Consulting firm providing a wide range of advisory services to small local businesses. The company will operate in a professional setting, conveniently located next to [notable bank] in the center of the business district. [Company Name] is headed by [Founder’s Name], an MBA Graduate from UCLA with 20 years of experience working as a business consultant, both for internal and external clients.
Services
[Company Name]will focus on close client relationships. [Founder’s Name], the lead consultant, will provide one-on-one IT Consulting sessions with clients, group sessions with client teams, strategic planning services, fundraising IT Consulting, and webinars of general interest to clients and potential clients.
[Company Name] has a full-time assistant who will contribute to research and analysis for client engagements. The assistant will also support the business through administrative services.
[Company’s Name] services will be offered either as IT Consulting sessions and short-term research and analysis for an hourly rate or defined projects on a fee-basis.
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will primarily serve service sector businesses within a 20 mile radius of our location. The demographics of these customers are as follows:
- 1,500 businesses
- Under 100 employees (Average is 42)
- Privately held companies
- Top represented sector: Retail stores
- Average annual payroll for firms with 20-99 employees of $1.3 million
These small businesses face many challenges, from seeking additional funds, strategizing how to expand, moving from owner-operator models to professional management, and incorporating industry best practices. [Company Name] will seek contacts with business startups to start relationships early as well as established small businesses in service sectors.
Management Team
[Company Name]’s most valuable asset is the expertise and experience of its founder, [Founder’s Name]. [First name] has been a consultant for the past 20 years. He spent the first 10 years of that time as an internal consultant at Richards Technology Services.There he analyzed dozens of business units within the company, working with the top management of each to create strategic plans for future growth and deal with pressing challenges. After leaving RTS, [First name] was a senior consultant for Bain & Company for 10 years, where he worked with a variety of medium and large service industry business clients on general strategy and expansion strategy.
[Company Name] will also employ an experienced assistant to work as a business analyst and to help with various administrative duties around the office. [Assistant’s name] has experience working with C-level executives and has spent significant time as an analyst.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- [Company Name] will fill a specific market niche in the growing community we are entering. In addition, we have surveyed local businesses and received extremely positive feedback saying that they explicitly want to make use of our services when launched.
- Our location is in an economically vibrant area where new businesses are starting at a fast rate.
- The management team has a track record of success in the small business IT Consulting business.
- The local area is currently underserved and has few independent small business consultants offering specific expertise in the full range of small business problems.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $82,000 of debt capital to open its office. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $49,000
- Working capital: $33,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Topline projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $252,153 | $396,667 | $658,556 | $1,196,480 | $1,977,070 |
Total Expenses | $205,061 | $335,364 | $529,681 | $790,035 | $964,307 |
EBITDA | $47,092 | $61,304 | $128,874 | $406,445 | $1,012,763 |
Depreciation | $7,280 | $7,280 | $7,280 | $7,280 | $7,280 |
EBIT | $39,812 | $54,024 | $121,594 | $399,165 | $1,005,483 |
Interest | $5,304 | $4,641 | $3,978 | $3,315 | $2,652 |
PreTax Income | $34,508 | $49,383 | $117,616 | $395,850 | $1,002,831 |
Income Tax Expense | $12,078 | $17,284 | $41,166 | $138,547 | $350,991 |
Net Income | $22,430 | $32,099 | $76,450 | $257,302 | $651,840 |
Net Profit Margin | 9% | 8% | 12% | 22% | 33% |
Full-time Consultants | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
Client Base | 42 | 63 | 96 | 162 | 243 |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name], located at [insert location here] is a new small business IT Consulting firm providing a wide range of advisory services to small local businesses. The company will operate in a professional setting, conveniently located next to [notable bank] in the center of the business district. [Company Name] is headed by [Founder’s Name], an MBA Graduate from UCLA with 20 years of experience working as a business consultant, both for internal and external clients.
While [Founder’s Name] has been in the management IT Consulting business for some time, it was in [month, year] that he decided to launch [Company Name]. Specifically, during this time, [Founder] met with a former friend and fellow independent small-business consultant in Fort Lauderdale, FL who has had tremendous success. After discussing the business at length, [Founder’s Name] clearly understood that a similar business would enjoy significant success in his hometown.
Specifically, the customer demographics and competitive situations in the Fort Lauderdale location and in his hometown were so similar that he knew the business would work. After surveying the local population, [Founder’s name] went ahead and founded [Company Name].
[Company Name]’s History
Upon returning from Fort Lauderdale, surveying the local customer base, and finding a potential office, [Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] as an S-Corporation on [date of incorporation].
The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name] home office, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s office location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the Company has achieved the following milestones:
- • Found office space and signed Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo and website located at [website]
- Hired an interior designer for the decor and furniture layout
- Developed service menu and pricing model
- Recruited full-time assistant
[Company Name]’s Services
[Founder’s Name] will be able to provide clients with the following services:
- One-on-one executive advisory sessions: Potentially open-ended sessions with [Founder’s Name] to answer specific questions ($100/hour)
- Group advisory sessions: Meetings with up to 5 client staff members or managers at a time to discuss specific problems and answer specific questions ($100/hour)
- Strategic Planning: Deliverables will be customized to the client’s needs, and may include discussion of valid alternatives, analysis of these alternatives, recommendation, justification for recommendation, implementation steps, timeline, budgets and financial projections (Project fee based on specific requirements – fee generally $5,000 – $20,000)
- Fundraising Planning: Deliverables will be customized to client’s needs, and may include investor offer document, financial projections including analysis of return for investor, private placement memorandum. Process can include analysis of funding options, recommendations for funding course to seek, expediting of lender applications. (Project fee based on specific requirements – fee generally $3,000 – $15,000)
- Webinars: Web-based seminars offering PowerPoint presentation and discussion of topics of specific interest to small business clients, such as “Hiring & Firing”, “Best Practices in Services”, “Exit Strategies for Owner-Operators”, and “Management Technology Tools for Small Businesses”. (Fee from free to $50 for 60- to 90-minute webinar)
- Other Projects: Research, analysis, and IT Consulting within [Company Name]’s expertise which does not fall into the above categories can be contracted as well. (Fees will vary)
As [Founder’s Name] understands, the key to a successful small business IT Consulting is being accessible and staying in contact with clients and becoming a long-term partner, rather than just a one-time source of information. [Founder’s Name] will have a full-time assistant on hand who, among other things, will manage client’s phone calls and answer questions about ongoing projects as much as possible.
III. Industry Analysis
According to Gartner, worldwide IT service spending is about $3.8 trillion annually. In the United States, IT consulting revenue is expected to reach $354.2 billion. The output of US computer and data processing services, an indicator of demand for information technology services, is forecast to grow at a moderate rate in the next two years.The IT consulting industry is forecast to experience strong growth in the next five years, albeit at a slower rate than in the 1990s, when the personal computer revolutionized computing technology. Industry revenue will primarily be driven by rising corporate profit, which precipitates increased private investment in computers and software. As a result, IT consultants are forecast to see an uptick in demand for industry services, as firms require computer application and program design and systems integration assistance. Mobile technologies are also expected to help boost industry revenue as firms invest in new technologies that allow consumers to more effectively browse websites through new devices such as smartphones and tablets. Overall, the industry is projected to grow at an average annual rate of 4.0% over the next five years.
Further, as US companies reorganize and expand in the wake of the recession, IT consultants are projected to experience increased demand Expanding firms will seek the assistance of IT consultants to improve operational efficiency through system upgrades and integration. Additionally, demand from private companies, which comprise a small but significant proportion of the industry’s tech support revenue, is expected to pick up, with private investment in computers and software forecast to grow an annualized 5.1% over the five-year period.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve small businesses in [company location] and the immediately surrounding area.
The area we serve is suburban, with retail stores as a primary business sector. In addition, services such as photographers, hairdressers, lawyers, accountants, restaurants, guest houses, and more are located in the area.
The precise demographics of the town in which our location resides is as follows:
Nashville, TN | |
---|---|
Total Businesses | 38,124 |
Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, and Agriculture Support | 0.29% |
Mining | 0.35% |
Utilities | 0.23% |
Construction | 9.64% |
Manufacturing | 4.16% |
Wholesale Trade | 5.62% |
Retail Trade | 14.54% |
Transportation and Warehousing | 2.83% |
Information | 1.81% |
Finance and Insurance | 6.56% |
Real Estate and Rental and Leasing | 4.75% |
Professional, Scientific and Technical Services | 11.36% |
Management of Companies and Enterprises | 0.69% |
Admin, Support, Waste Mgt, Remediation Services | 5.15% |
Educational Services | 1.20% |
Health Cate and Social Assistance | 10.80% |
Arts, Entertainment and Recreation | 1.66% |
Accommodation and Food Services | 8.59% |
Other Services (Except Public Administration) | 9.78% |
Customer Segmentation
The Company will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Service Business Startups: Startups are overwhelmed by the amount of information they must take in and the speed at which they must learn. They often seek business advisors to either assist with research and analysis, prepare a comprehensive business plan, or to offer basic feedback on the company’s ideas. As these companies grow, they can develop an ongoing mentoring relationship with a consultant, if that consultant has expertise to help them grow. Business startups have a great need for information and seek out advice on the ins and outs of how to launch and develop their systems.
- Employer service firms of up to 99 employees: Small businesses of this type need a wide range of IT Consulting services and can benefit through the expertise of a firm focusing on the small business perspective. Although these firms may be more knowledgeable than startups, they still have a lot to learn about service industry best practices and often lack the time and forethought to engage in strategic planning.
- Nonemployer firms (“Sohos” and “Mom and Pops”): Businesses owned and operated by the same person are often unaware of basic legal, insurance, and labor regulations. Furthermore, these firms often lack exit strategies which can capture the value of what the firm has created.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
[Company Name] competes indirectly with any service that provides advise and management IT Consulting services for small businesses, including online resources, free mentoring services like SCORE and local SBDCs, and independent consultants. The following small business IT Consulting firms are located within a 20 mile radius of [Company Name], and provide a wider range of small business services, thus providing direct competition for customers:
ABC Small Business IT Consulting
ABC Small Business IT Consulting is anowner-operated business run by Bob Johnson. Having started the business ten years ago, Johnson operates out of his home to keep down costs and meets with small businesses in the surrounding area at their offices. Johnson focuses primarily on mentoring and advisory services and does not undergo detailed research, analysis, and planning for clients.
ABC Small Business IT Consulting has an estimated $150,000 in annual revenue and serves a small subset of area clients. However, its name and focus on small business IT Consulting bring it to the top of local search rankings, leading many small businesses to consider working with Johnson.
Strategic Advisors Inc.
Strategic Advisors Inc., founded fifteen years ago, is now a small and medium business IT Consultingcompany with 250 employees and revenue of $37.5 million. Strategic Advisors Inc. has offices in five US cities and nearest office location is in [city name].
Unlike [Company Name], whose revenues will come entirely from small businesses, the majority of Strategic Advisors Inc. revenue is from medium-sized businesses of 100 to 500 employees. Because of this focus, and the fact that contracts with these medium businesses are more profitable, Strategic Advisors Inc. prefers to only work with small businesses that it feels will grow into the medium-size it prefers and specializes in.
Small business clients go to Strategic Advisors Inc. because of its wide presence on the Internet, public brand awareness, and track record. However, many startups and small businesses cannot afford the fees of working with Strategic Advisors Inc.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include:
- Location: [Company Name]’s location is near the center of town, in the shopping district of the city. It is visible from the street where many small business owners and managers walk to and from work on a daily basis.
- Client-oriented service: [Company Name] will have a full-time assistant to keep in contact with clients and answer their everyday questions. [Founder’s Name] realizes the importance of accessibility to his clients, and will further keep in touch with his clients through monthly webinars on topics of interest.
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the management IT Consulting business and will be able to use his previous experience to grant his clients detailed insight small business best practices. His unique qualifications will serve small business clients in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Name’s] competitors.
- Relationships: Having lived in the community for 25 years, [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, newspapers and other influences.
VI. Marketing Plan
[Company name] will use several strategies to promote its name and develop its brand. By using an integrated marketing strategy, [company name] will win clients and develop consistent revenue streams.
The [Company name] Brand
The [Company name] brand will focus on the Company’s unique value proposition:
- Client-focused small business IT Consulting services, where the Company’s interests are aligned with the customer
- Service built on long-term relationships
- Big-firm expertise in a small-firm environment
Promotions Strategy
Targeted Cold Calls
[Company name] will initially invest significant time and energy into contacting potential clients via telephone. In order to improve the effectiveness of this phase of the marketing strategy, a highly-focused call list will be used, targeting startups and small businesses. As this is a very time-consuming process, it will primarily be used during the startup phase to build an initial client base.
Referrals
[Company name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The Company will encourage its clients to refer other businesses by providing economic or financial incentives for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness after the business has already been established.
Additionally, [company name] will aggressively network with business incubators, small business development centers, small business accountants, lawyers working with startups and small businesses, and others in a position to work with small businesses and startups. This network will generate referral leads.
Internet
[Company name] will invest resources in two forms of geographically-focused internet promotion—organic search engine optimization and pay-per-click advertising. The Company will develop its website in such a manner as to direct as much traffic from search engines as possible. Additionally, it will use highly-focused, specific keywords to draw traffic to its website, where potential clients will find a content-rich site that presents [Company name] as the trustworthy, well-qualified IT Consulting firm that it is.
Publications
[Company name] will place print advertisements in key local publications, including newspapers, area magazines, and business newsletters. Additionally, the Company will print brochures and place them in specific locations frequented by target individuals, such as small business development centers and accountants.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name]’s pricing will resist reducing prices based on small business concerns about price, as small businesses on a whole are budget-conscious. Instead, prices will be justified through the value of the cost-savings, revenue generation, and future strategy that can be created. Over time, past client testimonials will help to maintain prices. Furthermore, taking on the practice of discounting relates the company to free small business resources, with which [Company Name] does not attempt to compete directly.
Prices will be based around a $100 per hour billing rate for [Founder’s Name] and a $50 per hour billing rate for the assistant/business analyst. Prices will generally be higher than the rates of ABC Small Business IT Consulting and lower than Strategic Advisors Inc. Sometimes, prices for a project will result in a higher or lower billing rate than these targets. Pricing for webinars will aim for a return on investment in excess of these billing rates, whether through direct revenue or through exposure to potential new clients.
VII. Operations
[Company Name] will carry out its day-to-day operations primarily on an appointment basis. Clients will make appointments for advisory sessions, interview sessions to gather information for proposals, and further meetings throughout client engagements. These will often occur at the company office location to remove clients from the distractions of their business. In-process meetings may occur on-site at the client’s business in order to increase the strength of the client relationship. If necessary, appointments can be conducted over the telephone.
[Founder’s Name] will work on an as-needed basis, but can be expected to be present in the office during normal business hours. The company will also employ an assistant/analyst who will staff the office during normal business hours and support marketing and client relationship development efforts.
Milestones
Company name]’s long term goal is to become the number-one provider of small business IT Consulting services in the [city] area in terms of revenues and profit. We seek to do this by ensuring customer satisfaction, developing a loyal and successful clientele, and expanding consistently.
The following are a series of steps that will lead to this long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] storefront |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Reach break-even |
[Date 6] | Add second additional full-time consultant |
[Date 7] | Reach XXX ongoing clients |
VIII. Management Team
[Company Name]’s most valuable asset is the expertise and experience of its founder, [Founder’s Name]. [First name] has been a consultant for the past 20 years. He spent the first 10 years of that time as an internal consultant at Richards Technology Services.There he analyzed dozens of business units within the company, working with the top management of each to create strategic plans for future growth and deal with pressing challenges. After leaving RTS, [First name] was a senior consultant for Bain & Company for 10 years, where he worked with a variety of medium and large service industry business clients on general strategy and expansion strategy.
[Founder’s Name] has written white papers on business expansion strategy and spoken at IT Consulting conferences representing Bain.
[Company Name] will also employ an experienced assistant to work as a business analyst and to help with various administrative duties around the office. [Assistant’s name] has experience working with C-level executives and has spent significant time as an analyst.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the company CEO and president. In order to launch the business we do not need additional personnel, but will hire the following in the future:
- Consultants: Hire one additional consultant every year starting with year 2. These employees will be leads on client engagements.
- Administrative Assistant: Hire a full-time administrative assistant in year 2.
- Junior Consultants:When hired in the future, these employees will work under full consultants and focus entirely on client engagements.
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue & Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come primarily from the fees earned from client IT Consulting engagements (54% of revenue in first year) and advisory sessions (44%).
As with most services, labor expenses are the key cost drivers. [Founder’s Name] and future consultants will earn a competitive base salary. The lease on the office location will be the next largest cost. Moreover, ongoing marketing expenditures are also notable cost drivers for [Company Name].
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is seeking a total funding of $82,000 of debt capital to open its office. The capital will be used for funding capital expenditures and location build-out, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses and working capital.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Office design/build: $49,000
- Working capital: $33,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions & Forecasts
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model.
Number of clients | |
---|---|
Year 1 | 42 |
Year 2 | 63 |
Year 3 | 96 |
Year 4 | 162 |
Year 5 | 243 |
Annual rent | $36,000 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Franchise Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Business Plan for Franchises
Franchise businesses are great in that they have much higher success rates than starting a business from scratch.
If you want to start a franchise or expand your current one, you need a business plan.
The following business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning plan for your franchise business. It can be used to create a franchise restaurant business plan, a store franchise business plan, a startup business franchise or any other type of franchise business plan. In addition to this template, all franchise business plans should also include market research to help support the business opportunity and help craft your marketing plan and financial projections.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a business plan to help you with how to create a franchise business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free franchise business plan template. You can also click here to get our franchise business plan sample pdf.
Insurance Business Plan Template & Example [Updated 2024]
Insurance Business Plan
If you want to start a successful insurance agency or expand your current insurance business, you need a business plan.
The following sample insurance business plan provides the key elements to include in a successful insurance agency business plan.
Sample Insurance Agency Business Plan
Below are links to a sample of each of the key sections of a successful insurance agency business plan.
- Executive Summary – The Executive Summary of your insurance agency business plan should include a brief overview of your entire business plan touching on key points such as the insurance products you offer, your target market, and why customers should choose your insurance agency.
- Company Overview – This section should provide an in-depth overview of your insurance company, its history, legal structure, and the milestones you hope to achieve.
- Industry Analysis – In this section, you should describe the insurance industry and any major trends that might impact your insurance business.
- Customer Analysis – In the Customer Analysis section, you should include an analysis of the target customers you plan to serve including demographics and psychographics.
- Competitive Analysis – In this section, you should include information about your competitors, their strengths and weaknesses, and how your competitive advantage will put you above the competition.
- Marketing Plan – In the Marketing Plan section, you should include an overview of your marketing strategy and outline the channels you will use to reach and engage your target customers.
- Operations Plan – The Operations Plan section should provide an overview of the daily operations of your insurance business and outline any systems, processes, and procedures you have in place.
- Management Team – In the Management Team section, you should include information about each key team member and the experience they bring to the business.
- Financial Plan – The Financial Plan section should include a 3 to 5-year profit and loss statement, cash flow statement, balance sheet, breakeven analysis, and other financial projections to demonstrate the success of your agency.
Financial Advisor Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Financial Advisor Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Financial Advisor business or expand your current Financial Advisor or Financial Planning Business, you need a business plan.
The following financial planner business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning plan for your own financial advisory or financial planning company. In addition to this template, conducting market research for your target market will help you identify potential market trends and customer segments to better understand the viability of your financial advisory firm.
Sample Business Plan For Financial Advisors
Below are links to each of the key sections of a successful Financial Advisor business plan:
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Click below to see each section of our free financial advisor business plan template. You can also click here to get our financial advisor business plan sample pdf.
Bed and Breakfast Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Bed and Breakfast Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Bed and Breakfast business or expand your current Bed and Breakfast, you need a business plan.
The following Bed and Breakfast business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning B&B business plan.
Bed and Breakfast Business Plan Sample
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example Bed & Breakfast business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Transitional Housing Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Transitional Housing Business Plan Template
If you want to start a Transitional Housing business or expand your current Transitional Housing business, you need a business plan.
The following Transitional Housing business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Transitional Housing business plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample transitional housing business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Print Shop Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Print Shop Business Plan Template
If you want to start a print shop or expand your current printing business, you need a business plan.
The following Print Shop business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning printing company business plan. In addition to this template, a solid plan will also include market research to help you better understand the printing industry, your competitive advantage and your specific target market. It will also help you prepare your marketing strategy and financial statements.
Example Business Plan For Print Shops
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for successful print shop businesses.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company overview includes information about your business concept, print shop services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and print shop industry data on all print shop services including digital printing, lithography printing, screen printing and
IV. Customer Analysis– The market analysis provides an overview of your target markets and customer segments.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and their printing services. It should also highlight your competitive edge and unique value proposition.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, sales strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.
Bitcoin Mining Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Bitcoin Mining Business Plan Template
If you want to start a bitcoin mining business or expand your current bitcoin mining business, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of bitcoin business plans.
The following bitcoin business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want
Bitcoin Business Plan Example
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a new bitcoin mining business located in [Location]. It is run by [Founder’s Name] who has been mining bitcoin for [X] years. He established this company after deciding to pool his resources with other miners to increase the chances of successfully mining bitcoin. [Company Name] currently has ten mining rigs and three miners in the pool. In the future, the company will be open to bringing in more miners for a membership fee.
Products Served
[Company Name]’s only goal is to mine bitcoin. All miners in the pool will work towards this goal and all profits earned will be divided equally amongst pool members. Future miners who wish to join the pool will have to pay a membership fee.
Customer Focus
As a bitcoin mining company, [Company Name] does not have a traditional customer base. The company only focuses on making sure the pool is mining enough bitcoin so everyone can make a profit. The pool currently has three miners but is open to expanding and bringing more on board.
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been bitcoin mining since 2015. He has made $100,000 in profit through mining bitcoin and is eager to expand his business. He recently connected with two other local bitcoin miners and they all decided to pool their resources together. [Founder’s Name] also holds an MBA from [University] which has given him the education and expertise to run a business.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- Bitcoin mining is a very popular industry and there is incredible demand for more bitcoin mining pools.
- The management team has a track record of success with bitcoin mining.
- Bitcoin mining businesses have a proven track record of success throughout the world.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $400,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Location design/build: $50,000
- Equipment purchase and upkeep: $250,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a new bitcoin mining business located in [Location]. It is run by [Founder’s Name] who has been mining bitcoin for [X] years. He established this company after deciding to pool his resources with other miners to increase the chances of successfully mining bitcoin. [Company Name] currently has ten mining rigs and three miners in the pool. In the future, the company will be open to bringing in more miners for a membership fee.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] on [date of incorporation] as an LLC. The business is currently being run out of [Founder’s Name]’s home, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s office location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found a business location and signed a Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Determined equipment requirements
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name]’s only goal is to mine bitcoin. All miners in the pool will work towards this goal and all profits earned will be divided equally amongst pool members. Future miners who wish to join the pool will have to pay a membership fee.
III. Industry Analysis
Cryptocurrency has completely transformed the finance industry and economy in a very short amount of time. Just a decade ago, few people understood cryptocurrency and even fewer establishments accepted it as a form of payment. Now there are millions of crypto-miners around the world and cryptocurrency is a widely accepted form of currency.
However, while a few years ago a home computer was enough to mine bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, today the market is too competitive for normal computers to generate a meaningful profit. Therefore, there is increasing demand for more powerful equipment and for bitcoin mining farms and pools to form so miners can pool their resources together.
Despite what the critics may say, bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies are here to stay. According to research the cryptocurrency industry was valued at $4.67 billion last year and is expected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 12.5% over the next five years. This is a very high growth rate and shows that mining bitcoin is still a very profitable business.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the miners that join its pool to mine bitcoin.
Customer Segmentation
The only customer segmentation that [Company Name] will focus on is fellow bitcoin miners who are interested in joining our mining pool.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following bitcoin mining companies offer direct competition to [Company Name].
Riot Blockchain
Riot Blockchain is one of the top bitcoin mining companies in the world. Located in Rockdale, Texas, the company operates over 30,000 mining rigs and had a total of 4,884 BTC tokens in reserve at the end of 2021. In addition to running its own facilities, it also offers services and support to other large-scale mining businesses so they can take advantage of Riot’s proprietary infrastructure and establish their own farms.
Marathon Digital Holdings
Marathon Digital Holdings is another major competitor in the world of bitcoin. A former uranium and vanadium exploration business, this bitcoin mining company reportedly had reserves of 8,115 BTC at the end of 2021. Marathon has facilities located in South Dakota, Nebraska, Montana, and Texas and is committed to powering its facilities with renewable energy in the near future.
Cipher Mining
Cipher is the third major competitor of [Company Name]. It is a fast-growing firm and has recently built its first facility in Alborz, Texas. It is expected to be a very successful firm, as it recently acquired 27,000 and 60,000 miners from Bitmain Technologies and SuperAcme Technologies respectively.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. Those advantages include:
- Management: The management team has extensive bitcoin mining experience which will be attractive to new bitcoin miners.
- Track record of success: [Founder’s Name]’s success with bitcoin has led to $100,000 in profits.
- Community: [Company Name] is a small bitcoin mining pool that offers community and support to new miners. This community is hard to find in larger firms that have thousands of miners.
VI. Marketing Plan
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Extensive bitcoin experience
- A track record of success
- A welcoming community of fellow miners
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] will target other miners interested in joining a bitcoin mining pool. [Company Name]’s promotion strategy to reach these potential miners includes:
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest in developing a professional website that displays all of the features offered by the company. It will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Social Media
[Company Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographic.
Word of Mouth Marketing
[Company Name] will encourage word-of-mouth marketing from loyal and satisfied miners.
Advertisement
Advertisements in local print publications like newspapers, magazines, etc., are an excellent way for businesses to connect with their other miners. The company will advertise itself in popular magazines and news dailies.
Direct Mail
[Company Name] will blanket neighborhoods in the area with direct mail pieces. These pieces will provide general information on [Company Name].
Billboards
[Company Name] will secure a billboard in the area that captures the attention of residents. The billboard will draw attention to the new business and its service offerings.
Pricing Strategy
All profits made through mining will be shared equally amongst the pool members. New miners who sign up with the pool will pay a 2% fee.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will need to fulfill the following functional roles to execute its business plan and ensure the company’s success:
Service Functions
- Mine bitcoin
- Purchase and maintain mining rigs
- Attract new miners
Administrative Functions
- Social media management
- Website management
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- Other general administrative functions
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name] who has been bitcoin mining since 2015. He has made $100,000 in profit through mining bitcoin and is eager to expand his business. He recently connected with two other local bitcoin miners and they all decided to pool their resources together. [Founder’s Name] also holds an MBA from [University] which has given him the education and expertise to run a business.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the Owner and CEO of [Company Name]. He currently has two other employees that operate as bitcoin miners. [founder’s name] will hire another employee to help out with the administrative tasks. Over time, the pool will take on new miners that wish to join [Company Name].
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name] will gain its revenues from mining and selling bitcoin.
The primary cost drivers will include the cost of power consumption, the cost of equipment, employee salaries, and the lease.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $400,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Location design/build: $50,000
- Equipment purchase and upkeep: $250,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Call Center Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Call Center Business Plan Template
If you want to start a call center business or expand your current call center, you need a business plan.
Fortunately, you’re in the right place. Our team has helped develop over 100,000 business plans over the past 20 years, including thousands of call center business plans.
The following call center business plan template and example gives you the key elements you must include in your plan. In our experience speaking with lenders and investors, the template is organized in the precise format they want.
Sample Business Plan For Call Centers
I. Executive Summary
Business Overview
[Company Name] is a passenger tow truck company located in [Location]. Our primary service is to help stranded travelers and commuters transport their vehicle to where it needs to go. We also offer limited roadside services, such as jumpstarts, tire changes, and lockouts. Any traveler or commuter in need of help can depend on us for high-quality services and excellent customer service.
Products Served
[Company Name] offers emergency tow services to residents and travelers commuting around the [Location] area. Our tow truck drivers can help customers transport their broken-down passenger vehicles to their homes, mechanics, or any other location they need to get to.
We also offer roadside services such as:
- Gas delivery
- Jumpstarts
- Tire changes
- Lockouts
Customer Focus
[Company Name] will serve residents living within 10 miles of [Location] as well as any travelers in the area needing a quick tow. The demographics of this area are as follows:
- 82,347 residents
- 76% vehicle owners
- Average salary of $52,400
- Median age of 37 years
Management Team
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has worked as a tow truck driver for [X] years. He has a passion for helping stranded commuters and travelers with their vehicles and providing emergency roadside services. Recently, he decided to use his connections and experience to start a tow truck business of his own. Though he has never run his own business, [Founder’s Name] has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the operations (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.) sides of the industry.
Success Factors
[Company Name] is uniquely qualified to succeed due to the following reasons:
- The management team has a track record of success in the tow truck business.
- [Founder’s Name] has developed a strong client base from his previous work as a tow truck driver. He also has connections with local mechanics and other important community leaders.
- The tow truck business is a proven business and has succeeded in communities throughout the United States.
Financial Highlights
[Company Name] is currently seeking $500,000 to launch. Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $200,000
- Vehicle purchase and maintenance: $200,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Top line projections over the next five years are as follows:
Financial Summary | FY 1 | FY 2 | FY 3 | FY 4 | FY 5 |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenue | $560,401 | $782,152 | $1,069,331 | $1,379,434 | $1,699,644 |
Total Expenses | $328,233 | $391,429 | $552,149 | $696,577 | $776,687 |
EBITDA | $232,168 | $390,722 | $517,182 | $682,858 | $922,956 |
Depreciation | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 | $7,000 |
EBIT | $225,168 | $383,722 | $510,182 | $675,858 | $915,956 |
Interest | $6,016 | $5,264 | $4,512 | $3,760 | $3,008 |
Pre Tax Income | $219,152 | $378,458 | $505,670 | $672,098 | $912,948 |
Income Tax Expense | $76,703 | $132,460 | $176,985 | $235,234 | $319,532 |
Net Income | $142,449 | $245,998 | $328,686 | $436,864 | $593,416 |
Net Profit Margin | 25% | 31% | 31% | 32% | 35% |
II. Company Overview
Who is [Company Name]?
[Company Name] is a passenger tow truck company located in [Location]. Our primary service is to help stranded travelers and commuters transport their vehicle to where it needs to go. We also offer limited roadside services, such as jumpstarts, tire changes, and lockouts. Any traveler or commuter in need of help can depend on us for high-quality services and excellent customer service.
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has worked as a tow truck driver for [x] years. He has a passion for helping stranded commuters and travelers with their vehicles and providing emergency roadside services. However, he saw some flaws in his prior employers’ business models that kept him from fully helping his customers. Therefore, he decided to use his connections and experience to start a tow truck business of his own.
[Company Name]’s History
[Founder’s Name] incorporated [Company Name] on [date of incorporation] and found a potential commercial location soon after. The business is currently being run from [Founder’s Name]’s home, but once the lease on [Company Name]’s commercial location is finalized, all operations will be run from there.
Since incorporation, the company has achieved the following milestones:
- Found a commercial location and signed a Letter of Intent to lease it
- Developed the company’s name, logo, and website located at [website]
- Found potential tow trucks to purchase
- Began recruiting key employees with experience in the tow truck industry
[Company Name]’s Products/Services
[Company Name] offers emergency tow services to residents and travelers commuting around the [Location] area. Our tow truck drivers can help customers transport their broken-down passenger vehicles to their homes, mechanics, or any other location they need to get to.
We also offer roadside services such as:
- Gas delivery
- Jumpstarts
- Tire changes
- Lockouts
III. Industry Analysis
No matter how much technology improves, vehicles will never be perfect. Even the best models break down at some point. Therefore, as long as vehicles are prominent throughout society, there will be a need for tow truck services. Towing is an essential service, which means there will be a great demand for the industry for the foreseeable future.
The only challenge to the towing industry is the enormous changes made to modern vehicles (such as the transition to electric vehicles). However, no vehicle is indestructible. Tow truck drivers and mechanics may need to make changes to their services or skills, but they will not become irrelevant.
According to IBISWorld, the industry grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 2.6% over the past five years, despite the pandemic affecting much of the economy. Furthermore, according to Market Watch, the CAGR for the industry is expected to be about 3.83% over the next five years. So even with all the major changes in the automotive industry, the tow truck industry is expected to thrive for the foreseeable future.
IV. Customer Analysis
Demographic Profile of Target Market
[Company Name] will serve the community residents of [Location] and its surrounding areas. Since most residents own at least one vehicle, we expect many individuals will require our services at some point. We will also serve any travelers visiting the area.
Customer Segmentation
[Company Name] will primarily target the following three customer segments:
- Commuters: Our primary customer segment will be local residents who have to commute around town each day. Accidents and vehicle breakdowns are common, so we expect this to be our largest customer segment.
- Travelers: We will also market ourselves to individuals traveling around or through [Location]. We will do our best to collaborate with insurance companies and rental companies to make the process as easy as possible for this customer segment.
- Customers of local insurance companies: We will partner with local auto insurance agents and provide our services to their customers at a discounted rate. This will help us get steady clients if our other marketing channels are ineffective.
V. Competitive Analysis
Direct & Indirect Competitors
The following businesses are located within a 10-mile radius of [Company Name], thus providing either direct or indirect competition for customers:
Metro Towing LLC
Metro Towing has helped both individual and commercial customers with all their towing needs. They have a large fleet of tow trucks of all sizes that can help tow both small passenger vehicles as well as larger trucks and vans. They also provide limited roadside services, such as jumpstarts and tire changes.
Though Metro Towing does tow passenger vehicles, much of the company’s customer base consists of commercial drivers. Therefore, the company will not be a major competitor.
Jack’s Tow And Battery
Jack’s Tow And Battery offers tow truck and roadside assistance services for passenger vehicles throughout the [Location] area. It offers all the services a stranded driver may need, including a tow, jumpstarts, tire changes, and lockouts. For decades, Jack’s has been a go-to tow service for stranded drivers.
Though Jack’s Tow And Battery will continue to thrive, it has recently changed its business model, so it gets most of its business exclusively through its insurance partners. This means that we will not have significant competition from them.
24/7 Tow And Roadside Services
24/7 Tow And Roadside Services provides exactly that. Open 24/7, the company helps stranded passenger vehicles at all hours of the day. This company is convenient for drivers who struggle to get a tow or emergency roadside services in the middle of the night.
Though we can’t compete with their hours, [Company Name] is far more affordable than 24/7 Tow And Roadside. This means we will remain competitive with them during our daytime hours of operation.
Competitive Advantage
[Company Name] enjoys several advantages over its competitors. These advantages include the following:
- Customer-Focus: [Company Name]’s tow drivers provide the highest quality customer service focused on transparency, communication, and responsiveness throughout the process. Our goal is not just to help drivers’ immediate needs but to create long-lasting connections.
- Management: [Founder’s Name] has been extremely successful working in the industry and will be able to use his previous experience to provide excellent customer experience. His unique qualifications will serve customers in a much more sophisticated manner than [Company Name]’s competitors.
- Relationships: [Founder’s Name] knows many of the local leaders, business managers, and other important figures within the local auto and tow truck industries. He also already has an initial client base that he built during his time working for our competitors.
VI. Marketing Plan
You can download our Business Plan Template (including a full, customizable financial model) to your computer here.
[Company Name] seeks to position itself as a high-quality, friendly, and convenient tow truck business. Clients can expect to receive the best tow services from skilled professionals as well as top-tier customer service.
The [Company Name] Brand
The [Company Name] brand will focus on the company’s unique value proposition:
- Client-focused towing services, where the company’s interests are aligned with the customer.
- Service is built on long-term relationships and personal attention.
- Professional industrial experience in a small business setting.
Promotions Strategy
[Company Name] expects its target market to be individuals living within a 10-mile radius of its location. [Company Name]’s promotion strategy to reach these potential customers includes:
Referrals
[Company Name] understands that the best promotion comes from satisfied customers. The company will encourage its clients to refer other individuals by providing discounts on future services for every new client produced. This strategy will increase in effectiveness over time.
Website/SEO
[Company Name] will invest in developing a professional website that displays all of the services offered by the company. It will also invest in SEO so that the company’s website will appear at the top of search engine results.
Social Media
[Company Name] will create the company’s social media accounts and invest in ads on all social media platforms. It will use targeted marketing to appeal to the target demographic.
Billboards
[Company Name] will secure a billboard in the area that captures the attention of residents. The billboard will draw attention to the new business and its service offerings. It will be located by a major highway that is often a site of accidents and vehicle breakdowns.
Insurance Partnerships
[Company Name] will partner with local and national auto insurance companies to build a solid client base. Our services will be offered to these customers at a discounted rate or will be completely covered by their policy.
Word of Mouth Marketing
[Company Name] will encourage word-of-mouth marketing from loyal and satisfied clients. The company will use recommendations and word-of-mouth marketing to grow its customer base through the network of its existing customers.
Pricing Strategy
[Company Name] will price its services moderately so that customers can get the emergency services they need without breaking the bank.
VII. Operations Plan
Functional Roles
[Company Name] will need to fulfill the following functional roles to execute its business plan and ensure the company’s success:
Service Functions
- Provide excellent customer service
- Tow customers’ vehicles to their destinations
- Provide requested roadside assistance services
- Create invoices for services charged
Administrative Functions
- Social media management
- Website management
- Bookkeeping
- Marketing
- Hiring and training staff
- Maintain vehicles
- Other general administrative functions
Milestones
The following are a series of steps that lead to our vision of long-term success. [Company Name] expects to achieve the following milestones in the following [xyz] months:
Date | Milestone |
---|---|
[Date 1] | Finalize lease agreement |
[Date 2] | Design and build out [Company Name] |
[Date 3] | Hire and train initial staff |
[Date 4] | Kickoff of promotional campaign |
[Date 5] | Launch [Company Name] |
[Date 6] | Reach break-even |
VIII. Management Team
Management Team Members
[Company Name] is led by [Founder’s Name], who has worked as a tow truck driver for [X] years. He has a passion for helping stranded commuters and travelers with their vehicles and providing emergency roadside services. Recently, he decided to use his connections and experience to start a tow truck business of his own. Though he has never run his own business, [Founder’s Name] has worked in the industry long enough to gain an in-depth knowledge of the operations (e.g., running day-to-day operations) and the business (e.g., staffing, marketing, etc.) sides of the industry.
Hiring Plan
[Founder’s Name] will serve as the Manager and President of the company. In order to launch the business, we need to hire the following personnel:
- Tow Truck Drivers (3 to start)
- Assistant Managers (1 to start)
- Administrative Assistants (1 to start)
IX. Financial Plan
Revenue and Cost Drivers
[Company Name]’s revenues will come from the fees charged for the towing and roadside assistance services. Depending on the customer, the services will be charged directly to them or through their insurance plan.
The major costs for the company will be the vehicle costs, staff salaries, and rent. In the initial years, the company’s marketing spending will be high as it establishes itself in the market.
Capital Requirements and Use of Funds
[Company Name] is currently seeking $500,000 to launch. The capital will be used for funding location design and leasing, hiring initial employees, marketing expenses, and purchasing vehicles and equipment.
Specifically, these funds will be used as follows:
- Store design/build: $200,000
- Vehicle purchase and maintenance: $200,000
- Working capital: $100,000 to pay for marketing, salaries, and lease costs until [Company Name] reaches break-even
Key Assumptions
The following table reflects the key revenue and cost assumptions made in the financial model:
Average Number of Clients | |
---|---|
FY 1 | 42 |
FY 2 | 63 |
FY 3 | 96 |
FY 4 | 162 |
FY 5 | 243 |
Annual Rent | $36,000.00 |
5 Year Annual Income Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Revenues | ||||||
Product/Service A | $151,200 | $333,396 | $367,569 | $405,245 | $446,783 | |
Product/Service B | $100,800 | $222,264 | $245,046 | $270,163 | $297,855 | |
Total Revenues | $252,000 | $555,660 | $612,615 | $675,408 | $744,638 | |
Expenses & Costs | ||||||
Cost of goods sold | $57,960 | $122,245 | $122,523 | $128,328 | $134,035 | |
Lease | $60,000 | $61,500 | $63,038 | $64,613 | $66,229 | |
Marketing | $20,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | $25,000 | |
Salaries | $133,890 | $204,030 | $224,943 | $236,190 | $248,000 | |
Other Expenses | $3,500 | $4,000 | $4,500 | $5,000 | $5,500 | |
Total Expenses & Costs | $271,850 | $412,775 | $435,504 | $454,131 | $473,263 | |
EBITDA | ($19,850) | $142,885 | $177,112 | $221,277 | $271,374 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | |
EBIT | ($56,810) | $105,925 | $140,152 | $184,317 | $234,414 | |
Interest | $23,621 | $20,668 | $17,716 | $14,763 | $11,810 | |
PRETAX INCOME | ($80,431) | $85,257 | $122,436 | $169,554 | $222,604 | |
Net Operating Loss | ($80,431) | ($80,431) | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Income Tax Expense | $0 | $1,689 | $42,853 | $59,344 | $77,911 | |
NET INCOME | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 | |
Net Profit Margin (%) | - | 15.00% | 13.00% | 16.30% | 19.40% |
5 Year Annual Balance Sheet
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ASSETS | ||||||
Cash | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 | |
Accounts receivable | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Inventory | $21,000 | $23,153 | $25,526 | $28,142 | $31,027 | |
Total Current Assets | $37,710 | $113,340 | $184,482 | $286,712 | $423,416 | |
Fixed assets | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | $246,450 | |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $73,920 | $110,880 | $147,840 | $184,800 | |
Net fixed assets | $209,490 | $172,530 | $135,570 | $98,610 | $61,650 | |
TOTAL ASSETS | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 | |
LIABILITIES & EQUITY | ||||||
Debt | $317,971 | $272,546 | $227,122 | $181,698 | $136,273 | |
Accounts payable | $9,660 | $10,187 | $10,210 | $10,694 | $11,170 | |
Total Liabilities | $327,631 | $282,733 | $237,332 | $192,391 | $147,443 | |
Share Capital | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
Retained earnings | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
Total Equity | ($80,431) | $3,137 | $82,720 | $192,930 | $337,623 | |
TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY | $247,200 | $285,870 | $320,052 | $385,322 | $485,066 |
5 Year Annual Cash Flow Statement
Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 | Year 4 | Year 5 | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS | |||||
Net Income (Loss) | ($80,431) | $83,568 | $79,583 | $110,210 | $144,693 |
Change in working capital | ($11,340) | ($1,625) | ($2,350) | ($2,133) | ($2,409) |
Depreciation | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 | $36,960 |
Net Cash Flow from Operations | ($54,811) | $118,902 | $114,193 | $145,037 | $179,244 |
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENTS | |||||
Investment | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Net Cash Flow from Investments | ($246,450) | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING | |||||
Cash from equity | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Cash from debt | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing | $317,971 | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) | ($45,424) |
SUMMARY | |||||
Net Cash Flow | $16,710 | $73,478 | $68,769 | $99,613 | $133,819 |
Cash at Beginning of Period | $0 | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 |
Cash at End of Period | $16,710 | $90,188 | $158,957 | $258,570 | $392,389 |
Trucking Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Trucking Business Plan
If you want to start a new trucking company or expand your own trucking company, you need a business plan.
The following trucking business plan template gives you the key elements to include in your own trucking company business plan.
How To Write a Successful Trucking Business Plan
Below are links to each section of a sample trucking business plan including a brief description of what you should include in a solid business plan for your trucking company:
- Executive Summary – The executive summary of your own business plan should include a brief overview of your business, the key objectives, and the financial goals. If you are seeking funding, you should include details that would help you convince potential investors.
- Company Overview – In this section of a comprehensive business plan, you should provide a company description including its name, physical location, mission, and vision statements. You should also include information about ownership and key personnel.
- Industry Analysis – In this section, you should provide an overview of the trucking industry, including key players, government regulations, trends, and target market size. This will help potential investors understand the competitive landscape and how your business fits within it.
- Customer Analysis – This section should provide a detailed description of your target customers, including demographic and psychographic information. You should also include some market research on current customer preferences.
- Competitive Analysis – The competitive analysis should provide an overview of your competitors and how their transportation services compare to yours. You should also include any competitive edge that you may have over other trucking companies.
- Marketing Plan – Your marketing plan should include information about your pricing strategies, promotional activities, and advertising methods. You should also provide detailed research on current trends in the transportation industry, how you will reach your target customers, and expected marketing costs.
- Operations Plan – This section should outline the day-to-day operations of your business, including the number of trucks you own or lease, your sales strategy, how you will manage recruitment and retention of truck drivers, and any other relevant operational details.
- Management Team – In this section, you should provide information on your management team and any personnel you plan to hire in the near future.
- Financial Plan – Your financial plan should include a detailed analysis of your financial projections, including operating costs, maintenance costs, revenue forecasts, cash flow statement, and balance sheet. You should also provide any relevant information about loan applications you plan to submit and the prospective investors you are targeting.
Summer Camp Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Summer Camp Business Plan
If you want to start a summer camp or expand your current summer camp programs, you need a business plan.
The following summer camp business plan template gives you the key elements to help you write a winning plan including the Executive Summary, Marketing Plan and Financial Plan.
Below are links to each of the key sections of an example summer camp business plan. Once you create your plan, download it to PDF to show banks and investors.
I. Executive Summary
II. Company Overview
III. Industry Analysis
IV. Customer Analysis
V. Competitive Analysis
VI. Marketing Plan
VII. Operations Plan
VIII. Management Team
IX. Financial Plan
Hookah Lounge Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]
Hookah Lounge Business Plan Template
If you want to start a hookah lounge business or expand your current hookah lounge business, you need a business plan.
The following Hookah Lounge business plan template gives you the key elements to include in a winning Hookah Lounge business plan.
Example Business Plan For Hookah Lounges
Below are links to each of the key sections of a sample business plan for a successful hookah lounge business.
I. Executive Summary– The Executive Summary provides an overview of your business opportunity and summarizes the business plan.
II. Company Overview– The company overview includes information about your business concept, hookah lounge services and legal structure.
III. Industry Analysis– The industry analysis includes market research that supports your business and provides insights into market trends and the hookah lounge industry.
IV. Customer Analysis– The market analysis provides an overview of your target market and customer segments.
V. Competitive Analysis– The competitive analysis should identify your direct and indirect competitors and highlight your competitive advantage.
VI. Marketing Plan– The marketing plan includes your marketing strategy, pricing strategy and search engine optimization plan.
VII. Operations Plan– The Operations Plan includes information on your company’s day to day operations and processes.
VIII. Management Team– The management team section includes a profile of the business owner and business management, their experience and company responsibilities.
IX. Financial Plan– The financial plan includes financial projections, a cash flow statement, profit and loss statement and balance sheet.